Document:

Exhibit 4.61

  

  

  

  Dated 12 November 2021

   

  US$16,850,000

   

  SUSTAINABILITY-LINKED TERM LOAN FACILITY

   

  WORLD SHIPPING CO.

  as Borrower

   

  and

   

  SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP.

  as Guarantor

   

  and

   

  PIRAEUS BANK S.A.

    as Original Lender

   

  FACILITY AGREEMENT

   

  relating to the refinancing of part of the acquisition cost of

   m.v. “WORLDSHIP”

   

  

  

    

  

  
    
      

  

  Index

   

  

  	
          Clause

        	

        	
          Page

        
	 	 	 
	
          Section 1 Interpretation

        	
          2

        
	
          1

        	
          Definitions and Interpretation

        	
          2

        
	
          Section 2 The Facility

        	
          25

        
	
          2

        	
          The Facility

        	
          25

        
	
          3

        	
          Purpose

        	
          25

        
	
          4

        	
          Conditions of Utilisation

        	
          25

        
	
          Section 3 Utilisation

        	
          27

        
	
          5

        	
          Utilisation

        	
          27

        
	
          Section 4 Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation

        	
          29

        
	
          6

        	
          Repayment

        	
          29

        
	
          7

        	
          Prepayment and Cancellation

        	
          29

        
	
          Section 5 Costs of Utilisation

        	
          32

        
	
          8

        	
          Interest

        	
          32

        
	
          9

        	
          Interest Periods

        	
          35

        
	
          10

        	
          Changes to the Calculation of Interest

        	
          36

        
	
          11

        	
          Fees

        	
          37

        
	
          Section 6 Additional Payment Obligations

        	
          38

        
	
          12

        	
          Tax Gross Up and Indemnities

        	
          38

        
	
          13

        	
          Increased Costs

        	
          41

        
	
          14

        	
          Other Indemnities

        	
          43

        
	
          15

        	
          Mitigation by the Lender

        	
          45

        
	
          16

        	
          Costs and Expenses

        	
          46

        
	
          Section 7 Guarantee

        	
          48

        
	
          17

        	
          Guarantee and Indemnity

        	
          48

        
	
          Section 8 Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default

        	
          52

        
	
          18

        	
          Representations

        	
          52

        
	
          19

        	
          Information Undertakings

        	
          59

        
	
          20

        	
          Financial Covenants

        	
          61

        
	
          21

        	
          General Undertakings

        	
          63

        
	
          22

        	
          Insurance Undertakings

        	
          70

        
	
          23

        	
          Ship Undertakings

        	
          75

        
	
          24

        	
          Security Cover

        	81
	
          25

        	
          Accounts and application of Earnings

        	
          82

        
	
          26

        	
          Events of Default

        	
          83

        
	
          Section 9 Changes to the Parties

        	
          89

        
	
          27

        	
          Changes to the Lender

        	
          89

        
	
          28

        	
          Changes to the Transaction Obligors

        	
          90

        
	
          Section 10 Administration

        	
          92

        
	
          29

        	
          Payment Mechanics

        	
          92

        
	
          30

        	
          Set-Off

        	
          94

        
	
          31

        	
          Conduct of Business by the Lender

        	
          94

        
	
          32

        	
          Bail-In

        	
          94

        
	
          33

        	
          Notices

        	
          94

        
	
          34

        	
          Calculations and Certificates

        	
          96

        
	
          35

        	
          Partial Invalidity

        	
          97

        
	
          36

        	
          Remedies and Waivers

        	
          97

        
	
          37

        	
          Entire Agreement

        	
          97

        

  

  

  
    
      

  

  	
          38

        	
          Settlement or Discharge Conditional

        	
          97

        
	
          39

        	
          Irrevocable Payment

        	
          98

        
	
          40

        	
          Confidential Information

        	
          98

        
	
          41

        	
          Confidentiality of Funding Rates

        	
          101

        
	
          42

        	
          Amendments

        	
          101

        
	
          43

        	
          Counterparts

        	
          102

        
	
          Section 11 Governing Law and Enforcement

        	
          103

        
	
          44

        	
          Governing Law

        	
          103

        
	
          45

        	
          Enforcement

        	
          103

        

  

  

  	
          Schedules

        	 
	 	 
	
          Schedule 1 The Parties

        	
          104

        
	
          Part A The Obligors

        	
          104

        
	
          Part B The Original Lender

        	
          105

        
	
          Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent

        	
          106

        
	
          Part A Conditions precedent to Utilisation Request

        	
          106

        
	
          Part B conditions precedent to Utilisation

        	
          109

        
	
          Schedule 3 Requests

        	
          111

        
	
          Part A Utilisation Request

        	
          111

        
	
          Part B Selection Notice

        	
          113

        
	
          Schedule 4 Timetables

        	
          114

        
	
          Schedule 5 Form of Compliance Certificate

        	
          115

        
	 	 
	
          Execution

        	 
	 	 
	
          Execution Pages

        	
          116

        

  

  

  
    
      

  

  THIS AGREEMENT is made on 12 November 2021

   

  PARTIES

   

  	(1)	
          WORLD SHIPPING CO., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands with registration
              number 109649, whose registered address is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 as borrower (the “Borrower”)

        

   

  	(2)	
          SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands with registration number 27721, whose registered address is at the
            Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH 96960, Marshall Islands as guarantor (the “Guarantor “)

        

   

  	(3)	
          PIRAEUS BANK S.A., having its registered address at 4 Amerikis Street, 105 64 Athens, Greece acting
            through its office at 170 Alexandras Avenue, 11521 Athens 105 64, Greece as lender (the “Original Lender”)

        

   

  BACKGROUND

   

  	(A)	
          The Lender has agreed to make available to the Borrower a facility not exceeding the lesser of (i) $16,850,000 and (ii) 50 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ship for the
            purpose of refinancing part of the acquisition cost of the Ship.

        

   

  	(B)	
          The Lender may enter into interest rate swap transactions with the Borrower from time to time to hedge the Borrower’s exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations.

        

   

  OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

   

  
    
      

  

  

  SECTION 1

    

    INTERPRETATION

   

  	1	
          DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

        

   

  	1.1	
          Definitions

        

   

  In this Agreement:

   

  “Account” means the Operating Account or the Pledged Deposit Account.

   

  “Account Bank” means Piraeus Bank S.A. acting through its office at 4 Amerikis Street, 105 64 Athens, Greece or
    acting through its branch at 170 Alexandras Avenue, 115 21 Athens, Greece or any replacement bank or other financial institution as may be approved by the Lender in its discretion.

   

  “Account Security” means a document creating Security over an Account, in agreed form.

   

  “Affiliate” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or
    any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

   

  “Applicable Margin” means, at any time at which it falls to be determined, the Initial Margin as the same may be
    reduced by the Sustainability Pricing Adjustment in accordance with Clause 8.6 (Sustainability Pricing Adjustment).

   

  “Approved Brokers” means any firm or firms of insurance brokers approved in writing by the Lender.

   

  “Approved Classification” means 1A Bulk carrier
      BC(A) BIS BWM(T) COAT-PSPC(B) CSR ESP Grab (20 t) Holds (2, 4, 6 & 8)may be empty Recyclable TMON (oil lubricated) ER(EGS Open) with the Approved Classification Society or the equivalent classification with
      another Approved Classification Society.

   

  “Approved Classification Society” means DNV

    or any other classification society being a member of the International Association of Classification Societies which is approved in writing by the Lender.

   

  “Approved Commercial Manager” means:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          Seanergy Management Corp., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands with registration number 29849, whose registered address is at the Trust
              Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH 96960, Marshall Islands;

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          Fidelity Marine Inc., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at the Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH 96960, Marshall
            Islands; or

        

   

  	

        	(c)	
          any other person approved in writing by the Lender as the commercial manager of the Ship.

        

   

  “Approved Crew Manager” means:

   

  
    2

    
      

  

  	

        	(a)	
          Anglo-Eastern Crew Management (Asia) Limited of 17/F Kingston International Centre, 19 Wang Chiu Road, Kowloon Bay, Kowloon, Hong Kong; or

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          any other person approved in writing by the Lender as the crew manager of the Ship.

        

   

  “Approved Flag” means the flag of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or such other flag and, if applicable,
    port of registry approved in writing by the Lender.

   

  “Approved Manager” means the Approved Commercial Manager, the Approved Technical Manager or the Approved Crew
    Manager.

   

  “Approved Technical Manager” means:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          V.Ships Greece Ltd. a corporation incorporated in Bermuda having a registered office at 3rd floor, Par-La-Ville Place, 14
            Par-La-Ville Road, Hamilton HM 08, Bermuda;

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          V.Ships Limited, a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of Cyprus whose registered office is at Zenas Gunther, 16-18, Agia Triada, 3035 Limassol, Cyprus;

        

   

  	

        	(c)	
          Seanergy Shipmanagement Corp., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands with registration number 71736, whose registered address is at the Trust
              Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH 96960, Marshall Islands; or

        

   

  	

        	(d)	
          any other person approved in writing by the Lender as the technical manager of the Ship.

        

   

  “Approved Valuer” means any reputable firm or firms of independent sale and purchase shipbrokers approved in writing by the Lender in its
    discretion.

   

  “Article 55 BRRD” means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.

   

  “Assignable Charter” means the Existing Charter and any other time charterparty, consecutive voyage charter or
    contract of affreightment in respect of the Ship having a duration (or capable of having a duration) of more than 13 months and any guarantee of the obligations of the charterer under such charter in each case made on terms and with a charterer
    acceptable in all respects to the Lender.

   

  “Authorisation” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation,
    legalisation or registration.

   

  “Availability Period” means the period from and
      including the date of this Agreement to and including 31 December 2021 or such later date as may be approved in writing by the Lender in its discretion.

   

  “Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

   

  “Bail-In Legislation” means:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 BRRD, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In
            Legislation Schedule from time to time;

        

   

  
    3

    
      

  

  	

        	(b)	
          in relation to any state other than such an EEA Member Country and the United Kingdom, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion
            Powers contained in that law or regulation; and

        

   

  	

        	(c)	
          in relation to the United Kingdom, the UK Bail-In Legislation.

        

   

  “Balloon Instalment” has the meaning given to it in Clause 6.1 (Repayment of
      Loan).

   

  “Break Costs” means the amount (if any) by which:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          the interest which the Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of the Loan or an Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in relation to the Loan,
            the relevant part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period,

        

   

  exceeds

   

  	

        	(b)	
          the amount which the Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period
            starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

        

   

  “Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in
    London and Athens and, in respect of a day on which a payment is required to be made under a Finance Document, also in New York.

   

  “Charter” means any charter relating to the Ship, or other contract for its employment, whether or not already
    in existence, including (without limitation) the Existing Charter and any Assignable Charter.

   

  “Charter Guarantee” means any guarantee, bond, letter of credit or other instrument (whether or not already
    issued) supporting a Charter.

   

  “Charterparty Assignment” means the assignment creating Security over the rights of the Borrower under any
    Assignable Charter and any Charter Guarantee relative thereto in agreed form.

   

  “Code” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

   

  “Commitment” means the amount of $16,850,000 to the extent not cancelled or reduced under this Agreement.

   

  “Compliance Certificate” means a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Compliance
      Certificate) or in any other form agreed between the Guarantor and the Lender.

   

  “Confidential Information” means all information relating to any Transaction Obligor, the Group, the Finance
    Documents or the Facility of which the Lender becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, the Lender or which is received by the Lender in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming the Lender under, the Finance Documents or the
    Facility from any Transaction Obligor, any member of the Group or any of its advisers in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or
    is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

   

  
    4

    
      

  

  	

        	(a)	
          is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by the Lender of Clause 40 (Confidential Information); or

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any Transaction Obligor, any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

        

   

  	

        	(c)	
          is known by the Lender before the date the information is disclosed to it by any Transaction Obligor, any member of the Group or any of its advisers or is lawfully obtained by the Lender after that date, from a
            source which is, as far as the Lender is aware, unconnected with any Transaction Obligor or the Group and which, in either case, as far as the Lender is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation
            of confidentiality; and

        

   

  “Confidentiality Undertaking” means a confidentiality undertaking in substantially the appropriate form
    recommended by the LMA from time to time or in any other form agreed between the Borrower and the Lender.

   

  “Default” means an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default.

   

  “Delegate” means any delegate, agent, attorney or co-trustee appointed by the Lender.

   

  “Disruption Event” means either or both of:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or
            otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties or, if applicable, any Transaction Obligor; or

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party or, if applicable, any Transaction Obligor preventing
            that, or any other, Party or, if applicable, any Transaction Obligor:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party; or

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          from communicating with other Parties or, if applicable, any Transaction Obligor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

        

   

  and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party or, if applicable, any Transaction Obligor whose operations are disrupted.

   

  “Document of Compliance” has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

   

  “dollars” and “$” mean the lawful currency, for the time being, of the
    United States of America.

   

  
    5

    
      

  

  “Earnings” means all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the
    Borrower or the Lender and which arise out of or in connection with or relate to the use or operation of the Ship, including (but not limited to):

   

  	

        	(a)	
          the following, save to the extent that any of them is, with the prior written consent of the Lender, pooled or shared with any other person:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          all freight, hire and passage moneys including, without limitation, all moneys payable under, arising out of or in connection with a Charter or a Charter Guarantee;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          the proceeds of the exercise of any lien on sub-freights;

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          compensation payable to the Borrower or the Lender in the event of requisition of the Ship for hire or use;

        

   

  	

        	(iv)	
          remuneration for salvage and towage services;

        

   

  	

        	(v)	
          demurrage and detention moneys;

        

   

  	

        	(vi)	
          without prejudice to the generality of sub-paragraph (i) above, damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of the Ship;

        

   

  	

        	(vii)	
          all moneys which are at any time payable under any Insurances in relation to loss of hire;

        

   

  	

        	(viii)	
          all monies which are at any time payable to the Borrower in relation to general average contribution; and

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          if and whenever the Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within sub-paragraphs (i) to (viii) of paragraph (a) above are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts
            of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to the Ship.

        

   

  “EEA Member Country” means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

   

  “Environmental Approval” means any present or future permit, ruling, variance or other Authorisation required
    under Environmental Law.

   

  “Environmental Claim” means any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority or any other person
    which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law and, for this purpose, “claim” includes a claim for damages, compensation,
    contribution, injury, fines, losses and penalties or any other payment of any kind, including in relation to clean-up and removal, whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from
    or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset.

   

  
    6

    
      

  

  “Environmental Incident” means:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          any release, emission, spill or discharge of Environmentally Sensitive Material whether within the Ship or from the Ship, into any other vessel or into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the seabed)
            or surface water; or

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water from a vessel other than the
            Ship and which involves a collision between the Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which the Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained
            or injuncted and/or the Ship and/or any Transaction Obligor and/or any operator or manager of the Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

        

   

  	

        	(c)	
          any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water otherwise than from
            the Ship and in connection with which the Ship, is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any Transaction Obligor and/or any operator or manager of the Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal
            or administrative action, other than in accordance with an Environmental Approval.

        

   

  “Environmental Law” means any present or future law relating to pollution or protection of human health or the
    environment, to conditions in the workplace, to the carriage, generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material.

   

  “Environmentally Sensitive Material” means and includes all contaminants, oil, oil products, toxic substances
    and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous.

   

  “EEOI” means the energy efficiency operational indicator calculated as follows:

   

   

   

  where:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          (gCO2) for voyage i is computed by multiplying the fuel consumption with the relevant carbon (CO2) factor of each type of fuel;

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          Ton cargo is calculated based on the draft and displacement tables, subtracting Vessel weight and ballast water and fuel stock;

        

   

  	

        	(c)	
          Nm is the distance travelled on voyage i; and

        

   

  	

        	(d)	
          such calculation is based on all voyages performed over a Sustainability Period.

        

   

  
    7

    
      

  

  “EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the document described as such and published by the LMA from time to time.

   

  “Event of Default” means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 26 (Events of Default).

   

  “Existing Charter” means a time charter in respect of the Ship dated 22 June 2021 made between the Borrower and the Existing Charterer with
    a duration of no less than 12 (twelve) months (commencing from 2 September 2021) a at a minimum daily rate of US$30,000, as amended by addendum No. 1 thereto dated 29 July 2021, addendum No. 2 thereto dated 6 October 2021, addendum no. 3 thereto dated
    27 October 2021 and as from time to time further amended or supplemented in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents.

   

  “Existing Charterer” means Cargill International S.A., a company incorporated under the laws of Switzerland and having its registered office
    at Esplanade de-Normandie, 1206 Geneva Pont-Rouge 4, 1212 Grand-Lancy, Switzerland.

   

  “Facility” means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 (The Facility).

   

  “Facility Office” means the office or offices through which the Lender will perform its obligations under this
    Agreement.

   

  “FATCA” means:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law
            or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

        

   

  	

        	(c)	
          any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation
            authority in any other jurisdiction.

        

   

  “FATCA Deduction” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

   

  “FATCA Exempt Party” means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

   

  “Fleet Vessels” means the vessels from time to time owned by the members of the Group and “Fleet Vessel”
    means any of them.

   

  “Finance Document” means:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          this Agreement;

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          any Hedging Agreement;

        

   

  	

        	(c)	
          the Utilisation Request;

        

   

  
    8

    
      

  

  	

        	(d)	
          any Security Document;

        

   

  	

        	(e)	
          any Subordination Deed;

        

   

  	

        	(f)	
          any other document which is executed for the purpose of establishing any priority or subordination arrangement in relation to the Secured Liabilities; or

        

   

  	

        	(g)	
          any other document designated as such by the Lender and the Borrower.

        

   

  “Financial Indebtedness” means any indebtedness for or in relation to:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          moneys borrowed;

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

        

   

  	

        	(c)	
          any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

        

   

  	

        	(d)	
          the amount of any liability in relation to any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a balance sheet liability;

        

   

  	

        	(e)	
          receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

        

   

  	

        	(f)	
          any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) of a type not referred to in any other paragraph of this definition having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

        

   

  	

        	(g)	
          any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to
            market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that derivative transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account);

        

   

  	

        	(h)	
          any counter-indemnity obligation in relation to a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          the amount of any liability in relation to any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h) above.

        

   

  “Funding Rate” means any individual rate notified by the Lender to an Obligor pursuant to any Finance Document.

   

  “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the US or IFRS.

   

  “General Assignment” means the general assignment creating Security over:

   

  (a)          the Earnings, the Insurances and any Requisition Compensation; and

   

  (b)          any Charter and any Charter Guarantee,

   

  in agreed form.

   

  
    9

    
      

  

  “Group” means the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower) at any given time (which are consolidated for the purposes
    of its Financial Statements) and “member of the Group” shall be construed accordingly.

   

  “Hedge Receipts” means all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Borrower under the Hedging Agreements.

   

  “Hedging Agreement” means any master agreement, confirmation, transaction,
    schedule or other agreement in agreed form entered into or to be entered into by the Borrower and the Lender in accordance with Clause 8.5 (Hedging) for the purpose of hedging interest payable under this Agreement.

   

  “Hedging Close-Out Liabilities” means, as at any relevant date, the
    amount certified by the Lender as the net aggregate amount in dollars which would be payable by the Borrower under any Hedging Agreement at the relevant determination date as a result of termination of closing out under the Hedging Agreements.

   

  “Hedging Agreement Security” means a hedging agreement security creating Security over the Borrower’s rights and interests in any Hedging Agreement, in agreed
    form.

   

  “Hedging Prepayment Proceeds” means any Hedge Receipts arising as a result of termination or closing out under the Hedging Agreements.

   

  “Holding Company” means, in relation to a person, any other person in relation to which it is a Subsidiary.

   

  “IFRS” means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the
    relevant financial statements.

   

  “Indemnified Person” has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.2 (Other
      indemnities).

   

  “Initial Market Value” means the Market Value of the Ship determined in accordance with the valuation referred
    to in paragraph 5.1 of Part BA of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent).

   

  “Insurances” means, in relation to the Ship:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of the Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in relation to the Ship, the Earnings or otherwise in relation to the Ship
            whether before, on or after the date of this Agreement; and

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of such policies, contracts or entries, including any rights to a return of premium and any rights in relation to any claim whether or not the
            relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement.

        

   

  “Initial Margin” means 3.05 per cent. per
    annum.

   

  “Interest Payment Date” has the meaning given to it in paragraph (a) of Clause 8.2 (Payment of interest).

   

  
    10

    
      

  

  “Interest Period” means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan, each period determined in accordance
    with Clause 9.1 (Selection of Interest Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 (Default interest).

   

  “Interpolated Screen Rate” means, in relation to the Loan, any part of the Loan or any Unpaid Sum, the rate
    (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of the Loan, or the relevant part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum; and

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of the Loan, or the relevant part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum,

        

   

  each as of the Specified Time for dollars.

   

  “ISM Code” means the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution
    Prevention (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

   

  “ISPS Code” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code as adopted by the International
    Maritime Organization’s (IMO) Diplomatic Conference of December 2002, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

   

  “ISSC” means an International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code.

   

  “Lender” means:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          the Original Lender; and

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become the Lender in accordance with Clause 27 (Changes to the Lender),

        

   

  which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with this Agreement.

   

  “LIBOR” means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          the applicable Screen Rate as of the Specified Time for dollars and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan
            or that part of the Loan; or

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 10.1 (Unavailability of Screen Rate),

        

   

  and if, in either case, that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.

   

  “LMA” means the Loan Market Association or any successor organisation.

   

  “Loan” means the loan to be made available under the Facility or the aggregate principal amount outstanding for
    the time being of the borrowings under the Facility and a “part of the Loan” means any part of the Loan as the context may require.

   

  
    11

    
      

  

  “Major Casualty” means any casualty to the Ship in
      relation to which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $750,000 or the equivalent in any other currency.

   

  “Management Agreement” means the agreement entered into between the Borrower and an Approved Manager regarding
    the commercial and/or (as applicable) the technical management and/or (as applicable) the crew management of the Ship.

   

  “Manager’s Undertaking” means the letter of undertaking from each Approved Manager, subordinating the rights of
    that Approved Manager against the Ship and the Borrower to the rights of the Lender and including (inter alia) a first priority assignment of that Approved Manager’s rights, title and interest in the Insurances of the Ship in agreed form.

   

  “Market Value” means, in relation to the Ship or any other vessel, at any date, an amount determined by the
    Lender as being an amount equal to the market value of the Ship or vessel shown by a valuation prepared:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          as at a date not more than 14 days previously (and in respect of the Initial Market Value, 20 days previously);

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          by an Approved Valuer (appointed by, and reporting to, the Lender);

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          with or without physical inspection of the Ship or such other vessel (as the Lender may require); and

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm’s length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any Charter.

        

   

  “Material Adverse Effect” means in the opinion of the Lender a material adverse effect on:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any Transaction Obligor, any member of the Group or the Group as a whole; or

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          the ability of any Transaction Obligor to perform its obligations under any Finance Document; or

        

   

  	

        	(c)	
          the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security granted or intended to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of the Lender under any of
            the Finance Documents.

        

   

  “Month” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day
    in the next calendar month, except that:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          (subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one,
            or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

        

   

  
    12

    
      

  

  	

        	(c)	
          if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

        

   

  The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

   

  “Mortgage” means the first priority or, as the case may be, preferred Approved Flag
    ship mortgage on the Ship (together with, if applicable, the deed of covenants collateral thereto) in agreed form.

   

  “Obligor” means the Borrower or the Guarantor.

   

  “Operating Account” means:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          an account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank designated “World Shipping Co. - Operating Account”;

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          any other account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank which may, with the prior written consent of the Lender, be opened in the place of the account referred to in paragraph (a) above, irrespective
            of the number or designation of such replacement account; or

        

   

  	

        	(c)	
          any sub-account of any account referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above.

        

   

  “Original Financial Statements” means the audited financial statements of the Guarantor for its financial year
    ending 31 December 2020.

   

  “Original Jurisdiction” means, in relation to a Transaction Obligor, the jurisdiction under whose laws that
    Transaction Obligor is incorporated as at the date of this Agreement.

   

  “Overseas Regulations” means the Overseas Companies Regulations 2009 (SI 2009/1801).

   

  “Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful
    currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

   

  “Party” means a party to this Agreement.

   

  “Permitted Charter” means a Charter:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          which is a time, voyage or consecutive voyage charter;

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          the duration of which does not exceed and is not capable of exceeding, by virtue of any optional extensions, 13 months plus a redelivery allowance of not more than 30 days;

        

   

  	

        	(c)	
          which is entered into on bona fide arm’s length terms at the time at which the Ship is fixed; and

        

   

  	

        	(d)	
          in relation to which not more than two months’ hire is payable in advance,

        

   

  and any other Charter (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Existing Charter) which is approved in writing by the Lender.

   

  
    13

    
      

  

  “Permitted Financial Indebtedness” means:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          any Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents;

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          any Financial Indebtedness incurred in the Borrower’s or each Approved Manager’s course of ordinary business; and

        

   

  	

        	(c)	
          any Financial Indebtedness that is subordinated to all Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents pursuant to a Subordination Deed or otherwise and which is, in the case of any such Financial
            Indebtedness of the Borrower, the subject of Subordinated Debt Security.

        

   

  “Permitted Security” means:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          Security created by the Finance Documents;

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          liens for unpaid master’s and crew’s wages in accordance with first class ship ownership and management practice and not being enforced through arrest;

        

   

  	

        	(c)	
          liens for salvage;

        

   

  	

        	(d)	
          liens for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading in accordance with first class ship ownership and management practice and not being enforced through arrest; and

        

   

  	

        	(e)	
          any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of the Ship:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          not as a result of any default or omission by the Borrower;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          not being enforced through arrest; and

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 23.16 (Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.),

        

   

  provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and for the payment of which
    adequate reserves are held and provided further that such proceedings do not give rise to a material risk of the Ship or any interest in it being seized, sold, forfeited or lost).

   

  “Pledged Deposit” means the amount maintained in the Pledged Deposit Account pursuant to Clause 21.22 (Pledged deposit).

   

  “Pledged Deposit Account” means:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          an account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank designated “World Shipping Co. – Pledged Deposit Account”;

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          any other account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank which may, with the prior written consent of the Lender, be opened in the place of the account referred to in paragraph (a) above, irrespective
            of the number or designation of such replacement account; or

        

   

  	

        	(c)	
          any sub-account of any account referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above.

        

   

  
    14

    
      

  

  “Potential Event of Default” means any event or circumstance specified in Clause 26 (Events of Default)
    which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

   

  “Prohibited Person” means any person (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of
    persons) against whom Sanctions are directed.

   

  “Quotation Day” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business
    Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Lender in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if
    quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

   

  “Receiver” means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the
    Security Assets.

   

  “Related Fund” in relation to a fund (the “first fund”), means a fund
    which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of
    the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

   

  “Relevant Interbank Market” means the London interbank market.

   

  “Relevant Jurisdiction” means, in relation to a Transaction Obligor:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          its Original Jurisdiction;

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          any jurisdiction where any asset subject to, or intended to be subject to, any of the Transaction Security created, or intended to be created, by it is situated;

        

   

  	

        	(c)	
          any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and

        

   

  	

        	(d)	
          the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it.

        

   

  “Relevant Nominating Body” means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any
    working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.

   

  “Repayment Date” means each date on which a Repayment Instalment is required to be paid under Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Loan).

   

  “Repayment Instalment” has the meaning given to it in Clause 6.1 (Repayment of
      Loan).

   

  “Repeating Representation” means each of the representations set out in Clause 18 (Representations) except Clause 18.10 (Insolvency), Clause 18.11 (No filing or stamp taxes) and Clause 18.12 (Deduction
      of Tax), 18.13(c) (No Default) and any representation of any Transaction Obligor made in any other Finance Document that is expressed to be a “Repeating Representation” or is otherwise expressed to be
    repeated.

   

  
    15

    
      

  

  “Replacement Benchmark” means a benchmark rate which is:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Screen Rate by:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          the administrator of that Screen Rate (provided that the market or economic reality that such benchmark rate measures is the same as that measured by that Screen Rate); or

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          any Relevant Nominating Body,

        

   

  and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the “Replacement Benchmark” will be the replacement under
    paragraph (ii) above;

   

  	

        	(b)	
          in the opinion of the Lender and the Borrower, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to that Screen Rate; or

        

   

  	

        	(c)	
          in the opinion of the Lender and the Borrower, an appropriate successor to a Screen Rate.

        

   

  “Representative” means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

   

  “Requisition” means:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          any expropriation, confiscation, requisition (excluding a requisition for hire or use which does not involve a requisition for title) or acquisition of the Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration
            less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected (whether de jure or de facto) by any government or official
            authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority; and

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          any capture or seizure of the Ship (including any hijacking or theft) by any person whatsoever.

        

   

  “Requisition Compensation” includes all compensation or other moneys payable to the Borrower by reason of any
    Requisition or any arrest or detention of the Ship in the exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim.

   

  “Resolution Authority” means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

   

  “Safekeeping Securities Account” means the account opened or to be opened by the Lender with the Shipping Branch
    located at 137-139 Filonos Street, Piraeus, Greece Lending Office for the safekeeping of the shares held by the Lender in the issued shares of the Borrower and which shall be pledged in favour of the Lender pursuant to the Shares Security.

   

  “Safety Management Certificate” has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

   

  “Safety Management System” has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

   

  
    16

    
      

  

  “Sanctions” means any sanctions, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or other restrictions relating to
    trading, doing business, investment, exporting, financing or making assets available (or other activities similar to or connected with any of the foregoing):

   

  	

        	(a)	
          imposed by law or regulation of the United Kingdom, the Council of the European Union, the United Nations or its Security Council or the United States of America regardless of whether the same is or is not
            binding on any Transaction Obligor; or

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          otherwise imposed by any law or regulation binding on a Transaction Obligor or a member of the Group or to which a Transaction Obligor or a member of a Group is subject (which shall include without limitation,
            any extra-territorial sanctions imposed by law or regulation of the United States of America).

        

   

  “Screen Rate” means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or
    any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for dollars for the relevant period displayed (before any correction, recalculation or republication by the administrator) on page LIBOR01 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any
    replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Lender
    may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrower.

   

  “Screen Rate Replacement Event” means, in relation to a Screen Rate:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          the methodology, formula or other means of determining that Screen Rate has, in the opinion of the Lender and the Borrower materially changed;

        

   

  (b)

  (i)

  	

        	(A)	
          the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is insolvent; or

        

   

  	

        	(B)	
          information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, or filed with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body
            which reasonably confirms that the administrator of that Screen Rate is insolvent,

        

   

  provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease, to provide that Screen Rate permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to
            continue to provide that Screen Rate;

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          the supervisor of the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that such Screen Rate has been or will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or

        

   

  	

        	(iv)	
          the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor announces that that Screen Rate may no longer be used; or

        

   

  
    17

    
      

  

  	

        	(c)	
          in the opinion of the Lender and the Borrower, that Screen Rate is otherwise no longer appropriate for the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement.

        

   

  “Secured Liabilities” means all present and future obligations and liabilities, (whether actual or contingent
    and whether owed jointly or severally or in any other capacity whatsoever) of each Transaction Obligor to the Lender under or in connection with each Finance Document.

   

  “Security” means a mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, assignment, hypothecation or security interest or any other
    agreement or arrangement having the effect of conferring security.

   

  “Security Assets” means all of the assets of the Transaction Obligors and any Third Party Manager which from
    time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

   

  “Security Cover Ratio” means the ratio of the
      Market Value of the Ship plus the Pledged Deposit and the net realisable value of any additional Security previously provided under Clause 24 (Security Cover)
      expressed as a percentage of the aggregate of (a) the  Loan and (b) the Hedging Close-Out Liabilities.

   

  “Security Document” means:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          the Shares Security;

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          any Account Security;

        

   

  	

        	(c)	
          the Mortgage;

        

   

  	

        	(d)	
          the General Assignment;

        

   

  	

        	(e)	
          any Charterparty Assignment;

        

   

  	

        	(f)	
          the Manager’s Undertaking;

        

   

  	

        	(g)	
          any Subordinated Debt Security;

        

   

  	

        	(h)	
          any other document (whether or not it creates Security) which is executed as security for the Secured Liabilities; or

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          any other document designated as such by the Lender and the Borrower.

        

   

  “Security Period” means the period starting on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the
    Lender is satisfied that there is no outstanding Commitment in force and that the Secured Liabilities have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid and discharged in full.

   

  “Security Property” means:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          the Transaction Security expressed to be granted in favour of the Lender and all proceeds of that Transaction Security;

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          all obligations expressed to be undertaken by a Transaction Obligor to pay amounts in relation to the Secured Liabilities to the Lender and secured by the Transaction Security together with all representations
            and warranties expressed to be given by a Transaction Obligor or any other person in favour of the Lender; and

        

   

  
    18

    
      

  

  	

        	(c)	
          the Lender’s interest in any turnover trust created under the Finance Documents.

        

   

  “Selection Notice” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part B of Schedule 3 (Requests) given in accordance with Clause 9.1 (Selection of Interest Periods).

   

  “Shares Security” means a document creating Security over (inter alia) the shares in the Borrower held in the
    Safekeeping Securities Account, in agreed form.

   

  “Ship” means the 2012-built bulker vessel “WORLDSHIP having a gross tonnage of 93,074 tones and a net tonnage of
    60,504 tones with IMO no 9624457 registered in the name of the Borrower under an Approved Flag (which at the date of this Agreement is the Marshall Islands flag) and everything now or in the future belonging to her on board and ashore.

   

  “Specified Time” means a day or time determined in accordance with Schedule 4 (Timetables).

   

  “Subordinated Creditor” means:

   

  
    	 	
            (i)

          	
            any Transaction Obligor; or

          

  

   

  	

        	(b)	
          any other person subject to the consent of the Lender who becomes a Subordinated Creditor in accordance with this Agreement.

        

   

  “Subordinated Debt Security” means a Security over Subordinated Liabilities entered into or to be entered into
    by a Subordinated Creditor in favour of the Lender in an agreed form.

   

  “Subordinated Finance Document” means:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          a Subordinated Loan Agreement; and

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          any other document relating to or evidencing Subordinated Liabilities.

        

   

  “Subordinated Liabilities” means all indebtedness owed or expressed to be owed by the Borrower to a Subordinated
    Creditor whether under the Subordinated Finance Documents or otherwise.

   

  “Subordinated Loan Agreement” means any loan agreement made between (i) the Borrower
    and (ii) a Subordinated Creditor.

   

  “Subordination Deed” means a subordination deed entered into or to be entered into by, inter alia, each
    Subordinated Creditor, the Borrower and the Lender, in agreed form.

   

  “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006.

   

  “Sustainability Pricing Adjustment” has the meaning given to it in Clause 8.6 (Sustainability Pricing
      Adjustment).

   

  “Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any
    penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

   

  “Tax Credit” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

   

  
    19

    
      

  

  “Tax Deduction” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

   

  “Tax Payment” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

   

  “Termination Date” means the earlier of (a) the date falling on 60 months after the Utilisation Date and (b) 31
    December 2026.

   

  “Third Parties Act” has the meaning given to it in Clause 1.5 (Third party
      rights).

   

  “Third Party Manager” means an Approved Manager if such Approved
    Manager is not a member of the Group.

   

  “Total Loss” means:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Ship; or

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          any Requisition of the Ship unless the Ship is returned to the full control of the Borrower within 30 days of such Requisition.

        

   

  “Total Loss Date” means, in relation to the Total Loss of the Ship:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          in the case of an actual loss of the Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when the Ship was last heard of;

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Ship, the earlier of:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          the date on which a notice of abandonment is given (or deemed or agreed to be given) to the insurers; and

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Borrower with the Ship’s insurers in which the insurers agree to treat the Ship as a total loss; and

        

   

  	

        	(c)	
          in the case of any other type of Total Loss, the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Lender that the event constituting the total loss occurred.

        

   

  “Transaction Document” means:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          a Finance Document;

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          a Subordinated Finance Document;

        

   

  	

        	(c)	
          the Management Agreement;

        

   

  	

        	(d)	
          any Charter;

        

   

  	

        	(e)	
          any related Charter Guarantee; or

        

   

  	

        	(f)	
          any other document designated as such by the Lender and the Borrower.

        

   

  “Transaction Obligor” means an Obligor, each Approved Manager (other than any Third Party Manager) or any other
    member of the Group who executes a Transaction Document.

   

  “Transaction Security” means the Security created or evidenced or expressed to be created or evidenced under the
    Security Documents.

   

  
    20

    
      

  

  “UK Bail-In Legislation” means Part 1 of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 and
    any other law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutes or their affiliates (otherwise than through liquidation, administration or other
    insolvency proceedings).

   

  “UK Establishment” means a UK establishment as defined in the Overseas Regulations.

   

  “Unpaid Sum” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.

   

  “US” means the United States of America.

   

  “US Tax Obligor” means:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          a person which is resident for tax purposes in the US; or

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          a person some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the US for US federal income tax purposes.

        

   

  “Utilisation” means the utilisation of the Facility.

   

  “Utilisation Date” means the date on which the Loan is to be made.

   

  “Utilisation Request” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part A of Schedule 3 (Requests).

   

  “VAT” means:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          any value added tax imposed by the Value Added Tax Act 1994;

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

        

   

  	

        	(c)	
          any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed the United Kingdom or in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or
            imposed elsewhere.

        

   

  “Write-down and Conversion Powers” means:

   

  	

        	(a)	
          in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation
            Schedule;

        

   

  	

        	(b)	
          in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation other than the UK Bail-In Legislation:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other
            financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations
            of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In
            Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

        

   

  
    21

    
      

  

  	

        	(ii)	
          any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation; and

        

   

  	

        	(c)	
          in relation to the UK Bail-In Legislation, any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or
            affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that
            liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that
            liability or any of the powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.

        

   

  	1.2	
          Construction

        

   

  	(a)	
          Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this Agreement to:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          the “Account Bank”, the “Lender”, any “Obligor”, any
            “Party”, any “Transaction Obligor” or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title and
            permitted assigns;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          “assets” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          a liability which is “contingent” means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

        

   

  	

        	(iv)	
          “document” includes a deed and also a letter, fax, email or telex;

        

   

  	

        	(v)	
          “expense” means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable Tax including VAT;

        

   

  	

        	(vi)	
          a “Finance Document”, a “Security Document” or “Transaction Document” or any other agreement
            or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document, Security Document or Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, replaced, novated, supplemented, extended or restated;

        

   

  	

        	(vii)	
          “indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

        

   

  	

        	(viii)	
          “law” includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the
            European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;

        

   

  	

        	(ix)	
          “proceedings” means, in relation to any enforcement provision of a Finance Document, proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective
            measure;

        

   

  
    22

    
      

  

  	

        	(x)	
          a “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or
            other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality);

        

   

  	

        	(xi)	
          a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or
            supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

        

   

  	

        	(xii)	
          a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted from time to time;

        

   

  	

        	(xiii)	
          a time of day is a reference to London time;

        

   

  	

        	(xiv)	
          any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall, in respect of a jurisdiction other than England, be
            deemed to include that which most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term;

        

   

  	

        	(xv)	
          words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

        

   

  	

        	(xvi)	
          “including” and “in particular” (and other similar expressions) shall be construed as not limiting any general words or expressions
            in connection with which they are used.

        

   

  	(b)	
          The determination of the extent to which a rate is “for a period equal in length” to an Interest Period shall disregard any inconsistency arising from the last day of that
            Interest Period being determined pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

        

   

  	(c)	
          Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only and are not to be used for the purposes of construction or interpretation of the Finance Documents.

        

   

  	(d)	
          Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under, or in connection with, any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as
            in this Agreement.

        

   

  	(e)	
          A Potential Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is “continuing” if it has
            not been waived.

        

   

  	1.3	
          Construction of insurance terms

        

   

  In this Agreement:

   

  “approved” means, for the purposes of Clause 22 (Insurance Undertakings),

    approved in writing by the Lender.

   

  “excess risks” means the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable
    under the hull and machinery policies in respect of the Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which the Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims.

   

  “obligatory insurances” means all insurances effected, or which the Borrower is obliged to effect, under Clause
    22 (Insurance Undertakings) or any other provision of this Agreement or of another Finance Document.

   

  
    23

    
      

  

  “policy” includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of
    insurance or its terms.

   

  “protection and indemnity risks” means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association which
    is a member of the International Group of protection and indemnity associations, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and
    machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 6 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02) (1/11/03), clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83)
    (1/11/95) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision.

   

  “war risks” includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clauses 29, 30
    or 31 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02), clauses 29 or 29 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/03), clauses 24, 25 or 26 of the Institute Time
    Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/95) or clauses 23, 24 or 25 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or any equivalent provision.

   

  	1.4	
          Agreed forms of Finance Documents

        

   

  References in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) to any Finance Document being in “agreed form” are to
    that Finance Document:

   

  	(a)	
          in a form attached to a certificate dated the same date as this Agreement (and signed by the Borrower and the Lender); or

        

   

  	(b)	
          in any other form agreed in writing between the Borrower and the Lender.

        

   

  	1.5	
          Third party rights

        

   

  	(a)	
          Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “Third
              Parties Act”) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

        

   

  	(b)	
          Subject to paragraph (c) below but otherwise notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

        

   

  	(c)	
          Any Affiliate or Receiver or Delegate or any other person described in paragraph (f) of Clause 14.2 (Other indemnities) may, subject to this Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the Third Parties Act, rely on any Clause of this Agreement which expressly confers rights on it.

        

   

  
    24

    
      

  

  SECTION 2

    

    THE FACILITY

   

  	2	
          THE FACILITY

        

   

  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lender makes available to the Borrower a dollar term loan facility in a single advance in an amount not exceeding the lesser of (i) $16,850,000 and (ii) 50 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ship.

   

  	3	
          PURPOSE

        

   

  	3.1	
          Purpose

        

   

  The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility only for the purpose of refinancing part of the acquisition cost of the Ship.

   

  	3.2	
          Monitoring

        

   

  The Lender is not bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

   

  	4	
          CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

        

   

  	4.1	
          Initial conditions precedent

        

   

  The Borrower may not deliver the Utilisation Request unless the Lender has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part A of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

   

  	4.2	
          Further conditions precedent

        

   

  The Lender will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Loan) if:

   

  	(a)	
          on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date and before the Loan or part thereof is made available:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          the Repeating Representations to be made by each Transaction Obligor are true;

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          no event described in paragraph (a) of Clause 7.5 (Change of control) has occurred;

        

   

  	

        	(iv)	
          the Ship has neither been sold nor become a Total Loss;

        

   

  	

        	(v)	
          no event or series of events has occurred which is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

        

   

  	

        	(vi)	
          no event has occurred which would give rise to the provisions of Clause 10.3 (Cost of funds); and

        

   

  
    25

    
      

  

  	(b)	
          the Lender has received on or before the Utilisation Date, or is satisfied it will receive when the Loan or any part thereof is made available, all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part B of Schedule
            2 (Conditions Precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

        

   

  	4.3	
          Notification of satisfaction of conditions precedent

        

   

  The Lender shall notify the Borrower promptly upon being satisfied as to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) and Clause 4.2 (Further Conditions precedent).

   

  	4.4	
          Waiver of conditions precedent

        

   

  If the Lender, at its discretion, permits the Loan or any part thereof to be borrowed before any of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) has been satisfied, the Borrower shall ensure that that condition is satisfied within five Business Days after the
    Utilisation Date or such later date as the Lender may agree in writing with the Borrower.

   

  
    26

    
      

  

  SECTION 3

    

    UTILISATION

   

  	5	
          UTILISATION

        

   

  	5.1	
          Delivery of the Utilisation Request

        

   

  The Borrower may make one Utilisation only under the Facility by delivery to the Lender of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

   

  	5.2	
          Completion of the Utilisation Request

        

   

  	(a)	
          The Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          the currency and amount of the Loan comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount);

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          all applicable deductible items have been completed; and

        

   

  	

        	(iv)	
          the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 9.1 (Selection of Interest Periods).

        

   

  	(b)	
          Only one Utilisation may be requested in the Utilisation Request.

        

   

  	5.3	
          Currency and amount

        

   

  	(a)	
          The currency specified in the Utilisation Request must be dollars.

        

   

  	(b)	
          The amount of the proposed Loan must be an amount which is the lower of (i) $16,850,000 and (ii) 50 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ship.

        

   

  	5.4	
          Loan

        

   

  If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, the Lender shall make the Loan or part thereof available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

   

  	5.5	
          Cancellation of Commitment

        

   

  On the earlier of the date on which the Loan has been made and the end of the Availability Period any Commitment which is then unutilised shall be cancelled.

   

  	5.6	
          Retentions and Payments to Borrowers

        

   

  The Borrower irrevocably authorises the Lender:

   

  	(a)	
          to deduct from the proceeds of the Loan any fees then payable to the Lender in accordance with Clause 11 (Fees) and any other items listed as deductible items in the
            Utilisation Request and to apply them in payment of the items to which they relate; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          on the Utilisation Date, to pay to, or for the account of, the Borrower the balance (after any deduction made in accordance with paragraph (a) above) of the Loan. That payment shall be made to the account of the
            Borrower which the Borrower specifies in the Utilisation Request, subject to the provisions of Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) and Clause 4.3 (Notification of
              satisfaction of conditions precedent).

        

   

  
    27

    
      

  

  	5.7	
          Disbursement of Loan to third party

        

   

  Payment by the Lender under Clause 5.6 (Retentions and Payments to Borrowers) to a person other than the Borrower shall constitute the
    making of the Loan and the Borrower shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligors, to the Lender in an amount equal to the Loan.

   

  
    28

    
      

  

  SECTION 4

    

    REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

   

  	6	
          REPAYMENT

        

   

  	6.1	
          Repayment of Loan

        

   

  The Borrower shall repay the Loan by 20 consecutive quarterly instalments, of which the first to the fourth such instalment shall be in an amount of $1,000,000 each, the fifth
    and sixth such instalments shall be in the amount of $750,000 each and the remaining seventh to twentieth such repayment instalments shall be in an amount of $375,000 each,  the first of which shall be repaid on the date falling 3 Months after the
    Utilisation Date, each subsequent instalment at three monthly intervals thereafter and the last, payable together with a balloon instalment in an amount of $6,100,000 (the “Balloon Instalment”), shall be repaid on the Termination Date, and each such instalment (including the Balloon Instalment) shall be a “Repayment Instalment”.

   

  	6.2	
          Reduction of Repayment Instalments

        

   

  If any part of the Facility is cancelled, the Repayment Instalments falling after that cancellation shall be reduced pro rata by the
    amount cancelled.

   

  	6.3	
          Termination Date

        

   

  On the Termination Date, the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Lender all other sums then accrued and owing under the Finance Documents.

   

  	6.4	
          Reborrowing

        

   

  The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is repaid.

   

  	7	
          PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

        

   

  	7.1	
          Illegality

        

   

  If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for the Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain all or any part
    of the Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of the Lender for the Lender to do so:

   

  	(a)	
          the Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower upon becoming aware of that event and the Facility will be immediately cancelled; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          the Borrower shall prepay the Loan on the last day of the Interest Period for the Loan occurring after the Lender has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered
            to the Borrower (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and the Commitment shall be cancelled.

        

   

  	7.2	
          Automatic cancellation

        

   

  The unutilised Commitment (if any) shall be automatically cancelled at close of business on the Utilisation Date.

   

  
    29

    
      

  

  	7.3	
          Voluntary prepayment of Loan

        

   

  	(a)	
          The Borrower may, if it gives the Lender not less than 15 days (or such shorter period as the Lender may agree to) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that
            reduces the amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of $100,000 or an integral multiple of that amount (or such other amount as the Lender may agree to)).

        

   

  	(b)	
          Any partial prepayment under this Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment of Loan) shall be applied in inverse order of maturity or pro rata (at the Borrower’s discretion)
            against the Balloon Instalment and the remaining Repayment Instalments falling due after the day of such repayment.

        

   

  	7.4	
          Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss

        

   

  If the Ship is sold (without prejudice to paragraph (a) of Clause 21.12 (Disposals)) or becomes a Total Loss, the Borrower shall prepay
    the Loan together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents. Such prepayment shall be made:

   

  	(a)	
          in the case of a sale of the Ship, on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the Ship to the buyer; or

        

   

  	(b)	
          in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of (i) the date falling 120 days after the Total Loss Date and (ii) the date of receipt by the Lender of the proceeds of insurance relating
            to such Total Loss.

        

   

  	7.5	
          Change of control

        

   

  	(a)	
          If any person or group of persons acting in concert gains directly or indirectly control of the Guarantor:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          the Guarantor shall promptly notify the Lender upon becoming aware of that event; and

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          the Lender may, by not less than 10 Business Days’ notice to the Borrower, cancel the Facility and declare the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents
            immediately due and payable, whereupon the Facility will be cancelled and the Loan and all such outstanding interest and other amounts will become immediately due and payable.

        

   

  	(b)	
          For the purpose of paragraph (a) above “control” means:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

        

   

  	

        	(A)	
          cast, or control the casting of, more than 50 per cent. of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Guarantor; or

        

   

  	

        	(B)	
          appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of the Guarantor; or

        

   

  	

        	(C)	
          give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of the Guarantor with which the directors or other equivalent officers of the Guarantor are obliged to comply; and/or

        

   

  
    30

    
      

  

  	

        	(ii)	
          the holding beneficially of more than 50 per cent. of the issued share capital of the Guarantor (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a
            distribution of either profits or capital) (and, for this purpose, any Security over the share capital shall be disregarded in determining the beneficial ownership of such share capital).

        

   

  	(c)	
          For the purpose of paragraph (a) above “acting in concert” means a group of persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), actively
            co-operate, through the acquisition directly or indirectly of shares in the Guarantor by any of them, either directly or indirectly, to obtain or consolidate control of the Guarantor.

        

   

  	7.6	
          Mandatory prepayment of Hedging Prepayment Proceeds

        

   

  	(a)	
          If at the relevant time an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or the Security Cover Ratio required pursuant to Clause 24.1 (Minimum required security cover) is not maintained, any Hedging Prepayment Proceeds arising as a result of any cancellation or prepayment under this Agreement shall be applied on the last day of the Interest Period which ends on or after such payment in prepayment of the Loan and
              shall reduce the Repayment Instalments falling after that prepayment and the Balloon Instalment by the amount prepaid pro rata.

        

   

  	(b)	
          If, at any time, the aggregate notional amount of the transactions in respect of the Hedging Agreements exceeds or, as a result of any repayment or prepayment under this Agreement, will the Loan at that time, the Borrower must, at the
            request of the Lender, reduce the aggregate notional amount of those transactions by an amount and in a manner satisfactory to the Lender so that it no longer exceeds or will not exceed the Loan then or that will be outstanding.

        

   

  	(c)	
          Any Hedging Prepayment Proceeds pursuant to paragraph (b) above, following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, shall be paid to the Lender on the last day of the Interest Period which ends on or after such payment in
            prepayment of the Loan and shall reduce the Repayment Instalments falling after that prepayment and the Balloon Instalment by the amount prepaid pro rata.

        

   

  	7.7	
          Restrictions

        

   

  	(a)	
          Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 (Prepayment and Cancellation) shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication
            appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made, the amount of that cancellation or prepayment and the order of application.

        

   

  	(b)	
          Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to the fee provided for in Clause 11.2 (Prepayment fee)
            and any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

        

   

  	(c)	
          The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is prepaid.

        

   

  	(d)	
          The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of the Commitment except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

        

   

  	(e)	
          No amount of the Commitment cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

        

   

  
    31

    
      

  

  SECTION 5

    

    COSTS OF UTILISATION

   

  	8	
          INTEREST

        

   

  	8.1	
          Calculation of interest

        

   

  The rate of interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:

   

  	(a)	
          the Applicable Margin; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          LIBOR.

        

   

  	8.2	
          Payment of interest

        

   

  	(a)	
          The Borrower shall pay accrued interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (each an “Interest Payment Date”).

        

   

  	(b)	
          If an Interest Period is longer than three Months, the Borrower shall also pay interest then accrued on the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan on the dates falling at three Monthly intervals after the first
            day of the Interest Period.

        

   

  	8.3	
          Default interest

        

   

  	(a)	
          If a Transaction Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the Unpaid Sum from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and
            after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is 2.00 per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the Unpaid Sum had, during the period of non-payment, constituted
            part of the Loan, in the currency of the Unpaid Sum for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Lender. Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 (Default interest) shall be
            immediately payable by an Obligor on demand by the Lender.

        

   

  	(b)	
          If an Unpaid Sum consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to the Loan or that part of the Loan:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          the first Interest Period for that Unpaid Sum shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to the Loan or that part of the Loan; and

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          the rate of interest applying to that Unpaid Sum during that first Interest Period shall be 2.00 per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if that Unpaid Sum
            had not become due.

        

   

  	(c)	
          Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an Unpaid Sum may be compounded with the Unpaid Sum on a six month basis commencing on the date that such Unpaid Sum becomes due and payable but  such default interest will
            remain immediately due and payable.

        

   

  
    32

    
      

  

  	8.4	
          Notification of rates of interest

        

   

  The Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

   

  	8.5	
          Hedging

        

   

  	(a)	
          The Borrower and the Lender may enter into a Hedging Agreement on the date of this Agreement or at any time thereafter and shall after that date maintain
            such Hedging Agreement in accordance with this Clause 8.5 (Hedging).

        

   

  	(b)	
          The aggregate notional amount of the transactions in respect of the Hedging Agreements shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the Loan.

        

   

  	(c)	
          Each Hedging Agreement shall:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          be with the Lender or (subject to the Lender’s right of first refusal and with the Lender’s prior consent), with another bank or financial institution;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          be for a term ending on no later than the Termination Date;

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          have settlement dates coinciding with the last day of each Interest Period;

        

   

  	

        	(iv)	
          be in agreed form;

        

   

  	

        	(v)	
          provide for two-way payments in the event of a termination of a transaction in respect of that Hedging Agreement, whether on a Termination Event (as defined each the Hedging Agreement) or on an Event of Default (as defined in each Hedging Agreement); and

        

   

  	

        	(vi)	
          provide that the Termination Currency (as defined in that Hedging Agreement) shall be dollars.

        

   

  	(d)	
          The rights of the Borrower under the Hedging Agreements shall be charged by way of security under a Hedging Agreement Security.

        

   

  	(e)	
          If, at any time, the aggregate notional amount of the transactions in respect of the Hedging Agreements exceeds or, as a result of any repayment or prepayment under this Agreement, will the Loan at that time, the Borrower must, at the
            request of the Lender, reduce the aggregate notional amount of those transactions by an amount and in a manner satisfactory to the Lender so that it no longer exceeds or will not exceed the Loan then or that will be outstanding.

        

   

  	(f)	
          Any reductions in the aggregate notional amount of the transactions in respect of the Hedging Agreements in accordance with paragraph (e) above will be apportioned as between those transactions pro rata.

        

   

  	(g)	
          Paragraph (e) above shall not apply to any transactions in respect of any Hedging Agreement under which the Borrower has no actual or contingent indebtedness.

        

   

  
    33

    
      

  

  	8.6	
           Sustainability Pricing Adjustment

        

   

  	(a)	
          Subject to paragraph (e) below, the Borrower or the Guarantor shall provide the Lender with a Sustainability Certificate within 90 (ninety) days of the end of each Sustainability Period.

        

   

  	(b)	
          If the EEOI (rounded to two decimal places) in respect of that Sustainability Period is lower than the Base EEOI by at least the Applicable Percentage, the Applicable Margin shall be reduced (or shall remain
            reduced, if it has already been reduced during the previous Pricing Adjustment Period) by 0.10 per cent. per annum (the “Sustainability Pricing Adjustment”). Such reduction shall apply on the first day of
            the new Pricing Adjustment Period and shall remain reduced for the whole such Pricing Adjustment Period.

        

   

  	(c)	
          The Sustainability Pricing Adjustment shall at no time exceed 0.10 per cent. per annum during the term of the Facility and shall not be reduced further during a later Pricing Adjustment Period.

        

   

  	(d)	
           If (i) the EEOI (rounded to two decimal places) in a given Sustainability Period is not lower than the Base EEOI by at least the Applicable Percentage or (ii) the Borrower or the Guarantor fails to furnish a
            Sustainability Certificate, the Sustainability Pricing Adjustment shall reset to 0.00 per cent. and the Initial Margin shall be charged from the first day after the expiry of the then current Pricing Adjustment Period.

        

   

  	(e)	
          The Borrower or the Guarantor may elect not to provide a Sustainability Certificate and such election will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default.

        

   

  	(f)	
          If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Sustainability Pricing Adjustment shall reset to 0.00 per cent. and the Initial Margin shall be charged.

        

   

  	(g)	
          In this Clause 8.6 (Sustainability Pricing Adjustment):

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          “Applicable Percentage” means, in respect of the Sustainability Period ending on:

        

   

  	

        	(A)	
          30 June 2023, 2 per cent.;

        

   

  	

        	(B)	
          30 June 2024, 4 per cent.;

        

   

  	

        	(C)	
          30 June 2025, 6 per cent.; and

        

   

  	

        	(D)	
          30 June 2026, 8 per cent.

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          “Base EEOI” means the EEOI in respect of the first Sustainability Period (ending on 30 June 2022).

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          “Pricing Adjustment Period” means the 12-month period commencing on the first day of the Interest Period after a Sustainability Certificate (other than Sustainability Certificate in respect of the Base
            EEOI) has been delivered to the Lender in accordance with paragraph (a) above and ending on the first anniversary thereof Provided that the last such period may be shorter than 12 months if it ends on
            the Termination Date.

        

   

  	

        	(iv)	
          “Sustainability Certificate” means a certificate signed by a director of the Borrower or the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Guarantor, in a form and substance satisfactory to
            the Lender which shows the calculation of the Vessel’s EEOI and sets forth the Sustainability Pricing Adjustment, certified by the approved classification society in respect of the Ship.

        

   

  
    34

    
      

  

  	

        	(v)	
          “Sustainability Period” means the period commencing on the date of acquisition of the Vessel by the Borrower and ending on 30 June 2022 and each subsequent 12-month period thereafter.

        

   

  	9	
          INTEREST PERIODS

        

   

  	9.1	
          Selection of Interest Periods

        

   

  	(a)	
          The Borrower may select the first Interest Period for the Loan in the Utilisation Request. Subject to paragraph (f) below and Clause 9.2 (Changes to Interest Periods), the
            Borrower may select each subsequent Interest Period in respect of the Loan in a Selection Notice.

        

   

  	(b)	
          Each Selection Notice is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Lender by the Borrower not later than the Specified Time.

        

   

  	(c)	
          If the Borrower fails to select an Interest Period in the Utilisation Request or fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Lender in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the relevant Interest Period
            will, subject to paragraph (f) below and Clause 9.2 (Changes to Interest Periods), be three Months.

        

   

  	(d)	
          Subject to this Clause 9.1 (Selection of Interest Periods), the Borrower may select an Interest Period of 1, 3 or 6 Months or any other period requested by the Borrower
            and acceptable to the Lender.

        

   

  	(e)	
          An Interest Period in respect of the Loan shall not extend beyond the Termination Date.

        

   

  	(f)	
          In respect of a Repayment Instalment, the Borrower may request in the relevant Selection Notice that an Interest Period for a part of the Loan equal to such Repayment Instalment shall end on the Repayment Date
            relating to it and, subject to paragraph (d) above, select a longer Interest Period for the remaining part of the Loan.

        

   

  	(g)	
          The first Interest Period for the Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date and, subject to paragraph (h) below, each subsequent Interest Period shall start on the last day of the preceding Interest Period.

        

   

  	(h)	
          Except for the purposes of paragraph (f) above and Clause 9.2 (Changes to Interest Periods), the Loan shall have one Interest Period only at any time.

        

   

  	9.2	
          Changes to Interest Periods

        

   

  	(a)	
          In respect of a Repayment Instalment, prior to determining the interest rate for the Loan, the Lender may establish an Interest Period for a part of the Loan equal to such Repayment Instalment to end on the
            Repayment Date relating to it and the remaining part of the Loan shall have the Interest Period selected in the relevant Selection Notice, subject to paragraph (d) of Clause 9.1 (Selection of Interest Periods).

        

   

  	(b)	
          If the Lender makes any change to an Interest Period referred to in this Clause 9.2 (Changes to Interest Periods), it shall promptly notify the Borrower.

        

   

  
    35

    
      

  

  	9.3	
          Non-Business Days

        

   

  If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there
    is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

   

  	10	
          CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

        

   

  	10.1	
          Unavailability of Screen Rate

        

   

  	(a)	
          Interpolated Screen Rate:  If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan, the applicable LIBOR shall be the
            Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

        

   

  	(b)	
          Cost of funds:  If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          dollars; or

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

        

   

  there shall be no LIBOR for the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) and Clause 10.3 (Cost of funds)
    shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan for that Interest Period.

   

  	10.2	
          Market disruption

        

   

  If (a) before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Lender determines (in its sole discretion) that the cost to it of funding the
    Loan or the relevant part of the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR or (b) before close of business on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, deposits in dollars are
    not available to the Lender in the London Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business in sufficient amounts to fund the Loan (or the relevant part thereof) for that Interest Period, then Clause 10.3 (Cost of
      funds) shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) for the relevant Interest Period.

   

  	10.3	
          Cost of funds

        

   

  	(a)	
          If this Clause 10.3 (Cost of funds) applies, the rate of interest on the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage
            rate per annum which is the sum of:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          the Applicable Margin; and

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          the rate notified to the Borrower by the Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period to be that which expresses as a
            percentage rate per annum the cost to the Lender of funding the Loan or that part of the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select or, if such rate is less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero.

        

   

  	(b)	
          If this Clause 10.3 (Cost of funds) applies and the Lender or the Borrower so require, the Lender and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more
            than 15 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for funding.

        

   

  	(c)	
          Subject to Clause 42.1 (Replacement of Screen Rate), any substitute or alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall be binding on all Parties.

        

   

  
    36

    
      

  

  	10.4	
          Break Costs

        

   

  The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Lender, pay to the Lender its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan or an Unpaid Sum being paid
    by the Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan, the relevant part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum.

   

  	11	
          FEES

        

   

  	11.1	
          Transaction fee

        

   

  The Borrower shall pay to the Lender a non-refundable transaction fee equal to 0.9 per cent. of the Loan on the Utilisation Date.

   

  	11.2	
          Prepayment fee

        

   

  	(a)	
          If, on or before the second anniversary of the Utilisation Date, (i) all or any part of the Loan is refinanced, wholly or in part, by an entity (including any fund) other than the
            Lender or (ii) the Loan is prepaid in full as a result of the sale of the Ship (or a transfer of the shares of the Borrower) to any entity having any one or more of the same ultimate beneficial owner(s) as the Borrower, the Borrower must, on
            the date of the prepayment or refinancing, pay to the Lender a prepayment fee in the amount of zero point five per cent. (0.50%) of the amount prepaid.

        

   

  For the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment/refinancing arising as a result of an assignment of the Lender pursuant to Clause 27.1 (Assignment by the Lender), illegality pursuant to Clause 7.1 (Illegality), failure to agree on a substitute basis or alternative basis for funding pursuant to Clause 10.3 (Cost of funds), as a result of a Replacement of Screen Rate pursuant to Clause 42.1 (Replacement of Screen Rate), a change of control pursuant to Clause 7.5 (Change of
    control), a total loss of the Ship or a sale to a third party pursuant to Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss), shall be excluded from paragraph (a) above and the Borrower shall not be liable for any prepayment fee if the Loan or any
    part thereof is refinanced as a result of such event or circumstance.

   

  
    37

    
      

  

  SECTION 6

    

    ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

   

  	12	
          TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES

        

   

  	12.1	
          Definitions

        

   

  	(a)	
          In this Agreement:

        

   

  “Tax Credit” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

   

  “Tax Deduction” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance
    Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

   

  “Tax Payment” means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to the Lender under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity).

   

  	(b)	
          Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities) reference to “determines” or “determined” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

        

   

  	12.2	
          Tax gross-up

        

   

  	(a)	
          Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

        

   

  	(b)	
          The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Lender accordingly. Similarly, the
            Lender shall notify an Obligor on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to the Lender.

        

   

  	(c)	
          If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the
            payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

        

   

  	(d)	
          If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount
            required by law.

        

   

  	(e)	
          Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Lender evidence reasonably satisfactory to
            the Lender that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

        

   

  	12.3	
          Tax indemnity

        

   

  	(a)	
          The Obligors shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Lender) pay to the Lender an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which the Lender determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly)
            suffered for or on account of Tax by the Lender in respect of a Finance Document.

        

   

  
    38

    
      

  

  	(b)	
          Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          with respect to any Tax assessed on the Lender:

        

   

  	

        	(A)	
          under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Lender is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which the Lender is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

        

   

  	

        	(B)	
          under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Lender’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

        

   

  if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by the Lender; or

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

        

   

  	

        	(A)	
          is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up); or

        

   

  	

        	(B)	
          relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

        

   

  	(c)	
          The Lender shall, if making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above promptly notify the Borrower of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim.

        

   

  	12.4	
          Tax Credit

        

   

  If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the Lender determines that:

   

  	(a)	
          a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was received; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          the Lender has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit,

        

   

  the Lender shall pay an amount to that Obligor which the Lender determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax
    Payment not been required to be made by that Obligor.

   

  	12.5	
          Stamp taxes

        

   

  The Obligors shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify the Lender against any cost, loss or liability which the Lender incurs in relation to all stamp duty,
    registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

   

  	12.6	
          VAT

        

   

  	(a)	
          All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to the Lender which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any
            VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by the Lender to any Party under a Finance Document and the Lender is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT,
            that Party must pay to the Lender (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and the Lender must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that Party).

        

   

  
    39

    
      

  

  	(b)	
          Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify the Lender for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) the Lender for the full amount of such cost
            or expense, including such part of it as represents VAT, save to the extent that the Lender reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

        

   

  	(c)	
          Any reference in this Clause 12.6 (VAT) to any Party shall, at any time when that Party is treated as a member of a group or unity (or fiscal unity) for VAT purposes,
            include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated at that time as making the supply, or (as appropriate) receiving the supply, under the grouping rules provided for in Article 11 of
            Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union or equivalent provisions imposed elsewhere) so that a reference to a Party shall be construed as a reference to that Party or the relevant group
            or unity (or fiscal unity) of which that Party is a member for VAT purposes at the relevant time or the relevant representative member (or representative or head) of that group or unity at the relevant time (as the case may be).

        

   

  	(d)	
          In relation to any supply made by the Lender to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by the Lender, that Party must promptly provide the Lender with details of that Party’s VAT registration
            and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with the Lender’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

        

   

  	12.7	
          FATCA Information

        

   

  	(a)	
          Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          confirm to that other Party whether it is:

        

   

  	

        	(A)	
          a FATCA Exempt Party; or

        

   

  	

        	(B)	
          not a FATCA Exempt Party;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA;
            and

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with any other law,
            regulation or exchange of information regime.

        

   

  	(b)	
          If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt
            Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

        

   

  	(c)	
          Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige the Lender to do anything and sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion
            constitute a breach of:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          any law or regulation;

        

   

  
    40

    
      

  

  	

        	(ii)	
          any fiduciary duty; or

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          any duty of confidentiality.

        

   

  	(d)	
          If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii) of paragraph (a) above
            (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party
            in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

        

   

  	12.8	
          FATCA Deduction

        

   

  	(a)	
          Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of
            which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

        

   

  	(b)	
          Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the
            payment.

        

   

  	13	
          INCREASED COSTS

        

   

  	13.1	
          Increased costs

        

   

  	(a)	
          Subject to Clause 13.3 (Exceptions), the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Lender, pay for the account of the Lender the amount of any
            Increased Costs incurred by the Lender or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation; or

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          compliance with any law or regulation made,

        

   

  in each case after the date of this Agreement; or

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          the implementation, application of or compliance with Basel III or CRD IV or any law or regulation that implements or applies Basel III or CRD IV.

        

   

  	(b)	
          In this Agreement:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          “Basel III” means:

        

   

  	

        	(A)	
          the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International
            framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended,
            supplemented or restated;

        

   

  
    41

    
      

  

  	

        	(B)	
          the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text” published by the Basel
            Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

        

   

  	

        	(C)	
          any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          “CRD IV” means:

        

   

  	

        	(A)	
          Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending regulation (EU) No. 648/2012, as
            amended by Regulation (EU) 2019/876;

        

   

  	

        	(B)	
          Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms,
            amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC; as amended by Directive (EU) 2019/878; and

        

   

  	

        	(C)	
          any other law or regulation which implements Basel III.

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          “Increased Costs” means:

        

   

  	

        	(A)	
          a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on the Lender’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

        

   

  	

        	(B)	
          an additional or increased cost; or

        

   

  	

        	(C)	
          a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

        

   

  which is incurred or suffered by the Lender or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to the Lender having entered into the Commitment or funding or
    performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

   

  	13.2	
          Increased cost claims

        

   

  If the Lender intends to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) it shall notify the Borrower of the event giving rise to
    the claim.

   

  	13.3	
          Exceptions

        

   

  Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

   

  	(a)	
          attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

        

   

  	(b)	
          attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

        

   

  	(c)	
          compensated for by Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not
            so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) applied);

        

   

  
    42

    
      

  

  	(d)	
          compensated for by any payment made pursuant to Clause 14.3 (Mandatory Cost); or

        

   

  	(e)	
          attributable to the wilful breach by the Lender or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.

        

   

  	14	
          OTHER INDEMNITIES

        

   

  	14.1	
          Currency indemnity

        

   

  	(a)	
          If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “Sum”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the
            currency (the “First Currency”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “Second Currency”) for the purpose of:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

        

   

  that Obligor shall, as an independent obligation, on demand, indemnify the Lender against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including
    any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the
    time of its receipt of that Sum.

   

  	(b)	
          Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

        

   

  	14.2	
          Other indemnities

        

   

  	(a)	
          Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Lender and any Receiver and Delegate against:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          any cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a result of:

        

   

  	

        	(A)	
          the occurrence of any Event of Default;

        

   

  	

        	(B)	
          a failure by a Transaction Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date;

        

   

  	

        	(C)	
          funding, or making arrangements to fund, the Loan requested by the Borrower in the Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by
            reason of default or negligence by the Lender alone);

        

   

  	

        	(D)	
          the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower;

        

   

  	

        	(E)	
          investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default;

        

   

  	

        	(F)	
          acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or

        

   

  	

        	(G)	
          instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents; and

        

   

  
    43

    
      

  

  	

        	(ii)	
          any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever)  incurred by the Lender (otherwise than by reason of the Lender’s gross negligence or
            wilful misconduct) or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 29.8 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) notwithstanding the Lender’s negligence, gross negligence or any other
            category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Lender in acting as Lender under the Finance Documents.

        

   

  	(b)	
          Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Lender, each Affiliate of the Lender and any Receiver and Delegate and each officer or employee of the Lender or its Affiliate or any Receiver or Delegate (as
            applicable) (each such person for the purposes of this Clause 14.2 (Other indemnities) an “Indemnified Person”), against any cost, loss or liability (including,
            without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by that Indemnified Person pursuant to or in connection with any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or regulatory enquiry, in
            connection with or arising out of the entry into and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, having the benefit of any Security constituted by the Finance Documents or which relates to the condition or operation of, or any
            incident occurring in relation to, the Ship unless such cost, loss or liability is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person.

        

   

  	(c)	
          No Party other than the Lender or the Receiver or Delegate (as applicable) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Lender or the Receiver or Delegate (as applicable) in respect of
            any claim it might have against the Lender or the Receiver or Delegate or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Transaction Document or any Security Property.

        

   

  	(d)	
          Without limiting, but subject to any limitations set out in paragraph (b) above, the indemnity in paragraph (b) above shall cover any cost, loss or liability incurred by each Indemnified Person in any
            jurisdiction:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          arising or asserted under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, any Environmental Law or any Sanctions; or

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          in connection with any Environmental Claim.

        

   

  	(e)	
          Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Lender and every Receiver and Delegate against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability
            whatsoever) incurred by any of them:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          in relation to or as a result of:

        

   

  	

        	(A)	
          any failure by the Borrower to comply with its obligations under Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses);

        

   

  	

        	(B)	
          acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

        

   

  	

        	(C)	
          the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Finance Documents and the Transaction Security;

        

   

  	

        	(D)	
          the exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the Lender and each Receiver and Delegate by the Finance Documents or by law;

        

   

  
    44

    
      

  

  	

        	(E)	
          any default by any Transaction Obligor in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents;

        

   

  	

        	(F)	
          any action by any Transaction Obligor which vitiates, reduces the value of, or is otherwise prejudicial to, the Transaction Security; and

        

   

  	

        	(G)	
          instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents.

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          which otherwise relates to any of the Security Property or the performance of the terms of this Agreement or the other Finance Documents (otherwise, in each case, than by reason of the Lender’s or Receiver’s or
            Delegate’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct).

        

   

  	(f)	
          Any Affiliate or Receiver or Delegate or any officer or employee of the Lender or of any of its Affiliates or any Receiver or Delegate (as applicable) may rely on this Clause 14.2 (Other indemnities) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act subject to Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

        

   

  	14.3	
          Mandatory Cost

        

   

  The Borrower shall, on demand by the Lender, pay to the Lender, such amount which the Lender certifies in a notice to the Borrower to be its good faith determination of the
    amount necessary to compensate it for complying with:

   

  	(a)	
          if the Lender is lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State, the minimum reserve requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the European Central Bank or any
            other authority or agency which replaces all or any of its functions in respect of loans made from that Facility Office; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          if the Lender is lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom, any reserve asset, special deposit or liquidity requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the Bank of
            England (or any other governmental authority or agency) and/or paying any fees to the Financial Conduct Authority and/or the Prudential Regulation Authority (or any other governmental authority or agency which replaces all or any of their
            functions),

        

   

  which in each case is referable to the Loan.

   

  	15	
          MITIGATION BY THE LENDER

        

   

  	15.1	
          Mitigation

        

   

  	(a)	
          The Lender shall, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled
            pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 (Illegality), Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities) or Clause 13 (Increased Costs) or
            paragraph (a) of Clause 14.3 (Mandatory Cost) including (but not limited to) assigning its rights under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

        

   

  	(b)	
          Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.

        

   

  
    45

    
      

  

  
  	15.2	
          Limitation of liability

        

   

  	(a)	
          Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Lender for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Lender as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation).

        

   

  	(b)	
          The Lender is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation) if either:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          a Default has occurred and is continuing; or

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          in the opinion of the Lender (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

        

   

  	16	
          COSTS AND EXPENSES

        

   

  	16.1	
          Transaction expenses

        

   

  The Obligors shall, on demand, pay the Lender the amount of all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, fees, costs and expenses of legal advisors and insurance and
    other consultants and other advisors) reasonably incurred by it in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and perfection of:

   

  	(a)	
          this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement or in a Security Document; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

        

   

  	16.2	
          Amendment costs

        

   

  If:

   

  	(a)	
          a Transaction Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent; or

        

   

  	(b)	
          an amendment is required either pursuant to Clause 29.6 (Change of currency) or to address the fact that the Screen Rate is not or is likely not to be, available for
            dollars; or

        

   

  	(c)	
          a Transaction Obligor requests, and the Lender agrees to, the release of all or any part of the Security Assets from the Transaction Security,

        

   

  the Obligors shall, on demand, reimburse the Lender for the amount of all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, fees, costs and expenses of legal advisors and
    insurance and other consultants and other advisors) reasonably incurred by the Lender in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

   

  
    46

    
      

  

  	16.3	
          Enforcement and preservation costs

        

   

  The Obligors shall, on demand, pay to the Lender the amount of all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, fees, costs and expenses of legal advisors and insurance
    and other consultants and other advisors) incurred by the Lender in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document or the Transaction Security and with any proceedings instituted by or against the
    Lender as a consequence of it entering into a Finance Document, taking or holding the Transaction Security, or enforcing those rights, including (without limitation) any losses, costs and expenses which the Lender may from time to time sustain, incur
    or become liable for by reason of the Lender being mortgagee of the Ship and/or a lender to the Borrower, or by reason of the Lender being deemed by any court or authority to be an operator or controller, or in any way concerned in the operation or
    control, of the Ship.

   

  
    47

    
      

  

  SECTION 7

    

    GUARANTEE

   

  	17	
          GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

        

   

  	17.1	
          Guarantee and indemnity

        

   

  The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

   

  	(a)	
          guarantees to the Lender punctual performance by each Transaction Obligor (other than the Guarantor) of all such other Transaction Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

        

   

  	(b)	
          undertakes with the Lender that whenever a Transaction Obligor (other than the Guarantor) (does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, the
            Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor; and

        

   

  	(c)	
          agrees with the Lender that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify the Lender immediately on demand
            against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of a Transaction Obligor (other than the Guarantor) not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance
            Document on the date when it would have been due.  The amount payable by the Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 17 (Guarantee

              and Indemnity) if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of the guarantee.

        

   

  	17.2	
          Continuing guarantee

        

   

  This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any
    intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

   

  	17.3	
          Reinstatement

        

   

  If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Transaction Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by the
    Lender in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Guarantor under this
    Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity) will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

   

  	17.4	
          Waiver of defences

        

   

  The obligations of the Guarantor under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity) and in respect of any Transaction Security will not be
    affected or discharged by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 17.4 (Waiver of Defences), would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity) or in respect of any Transaction Security (without limitation and whether or not known to it or the Lender) including:

   

  
    48

    
      

  

  	(a)	
          this Agreement being or later becoming void, unenforceable or illegal as regards the Borrower or the Guarantor;

        

   

  	(b)	
          the Lender entering into any rescheduling, refinancing or other arrangement of any kind with the Borrower or the Guarantor;

        

   

  	(c)	
          the Lender releasing the Borrower or the Guarantor or any Security created by a Finance Document;

        

   

  	(d)	
          any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Transaction Obligor or other person;

        

   

  	(e)	
          the release of any other Transaction Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

        

   

  	(f)	
          the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect or delay in perfecting, or refusal or neglect to take up or enforce, or delay in taking or enforcing any rights
            against, or security over assets of, any Transaction Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

        

   

  	(g)	
          any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of a Transaction Obligor or any other person;

        

   

  	(h)	
          any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including, without
            limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

        

   

  	(i)	
          any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

        

   

  	(j)	
          any insolvency or similar proceedings.

        

   

  	17.5	
          Immediate recourse

        

   

  The Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring the Lender (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or
    claim payment from any person (including without limitation to commence any proceedings under any Finance Document or to enforce any Transaction Security) before claiming or commencing proceedings under this Clause 17 (Guarantee

      and Indemnity).  This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

   

  	17.6	
          Appropriations

        

   

  Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Transaction Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, the Lender (or
    any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

   

  	(a)	
          refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by the Lender (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such
            manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Guarantor shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

        

   

  
    49

    
      

  

  	(b)	
          hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Guarantor or on account of the Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity).

        

   

  	17.7	
          Deferral of Guarantor’s rights

        

   

  All rights which the Guarantor at any time has (whether in respect of this guarantee, a mortgage or any other transaction) against the Borrower (including, without limitation,
    any right which the Guarantor may have against the Borrower in relation to any documented or undocumented intercompany loan or transfer of funds from the Guarantor in order to assist the Borrower with financing the acquisition cost of the Ship), any
    other Transaction Obligor or their respective assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Lender under the Finance Documents and until the end of the Security Period and unless the Lender otherwise directs, the Guarantor will not exercise
    any rights which it may have (whether in respect of any Finance Document to which it is a Party or any other transaction) by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or
    liability arising, under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity):

   

  	(a)	
          to be indemnified by a Transaction Obligor;

        

   

  	(b)	
          to claim any contribution from any third party providing security for, or any other guarantor of, any Transaction Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

        

   

  	(c)	
          to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Lender under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in
            connection with, the Finance Documents by the Lender;

        

   

  	(d)	
          to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Transaction Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which the Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity
            under Clause 17.1 (Guarantee and Indemnity);

        

   

  	(e)	
          to exercise any right of set-off against any Transaction Obligor; and/or

        

   

  	(f)	
          to claim or prove as a creditor of any Transaction Obligor in competition with the Lender.

        

   

  If the Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable
    all amounts which may be or become payable to the Lender by the Transaction Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Lender and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Lender or as the
    Lender may direct for application in accordance with Clause 29 (Payment Mechanics).

   

  	17.8	
          Additional security

        

   

  This guarantee and any other Security given by the Guarantor is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by, and shall not prejudice, any other guarantee or Security or
    any other right of recourse now or subsequently held by the Lender or any right of set-off or netting or right to combine accounts in connection with the Finance Documents.

   

  
    50

    
      

  

  	17.9	
          Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other Security

        

   

  Clauses 17.2 (Continuing Guarantee), 17.3 (Reinstatement), 17.4 (Waiver of Defences), 17.5 (Immediate Resource), 17.6 (Appropriations), 17.7 (Deferral of Guarantors’ Rights)
    and 17.8 (Additional Security) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to any Security which the Guarantor creates (whether at the time at which it signs this Agreement or at any later time) to secure the
    Secured Liabilities or any part of them.

   

  
    51

    
      

  

  SECTION 8

    

    REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

   

  	18	
          REPRESENTATIONS

        

   

  	18.1	
          General

        

   

  The Obligor makes and procures that each other Transaction Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 18 (Representations)
    to the Lender on the date of this Agreement.

   

  	18.2	
          Status

        

   

  	(a)	
          Each Transaction Obligor is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing under the law of its Original Jurisdiction.

        

   

  	(b)	
          Each Transaction Obligor and, in the case of the Guarantor, each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

        

   

  	18.3	
          Shares and ownership

        

   

  	(a)	
          The Borrower is authorized to issue 500 registered shares of no par value common stock, all of which shares have been issued in registered form and are fully paid and
              non-assessable. The legal title to and beneficial interest in the shares of the Borrower are held by the Guarantor free of any Security (except for Permitted Security) or any other claim.

        

   

  	(b)	
          None of the shares in the Borrower is subject to any option to purchase, pre-emption rights or similar rights.

        

   

  	18.4	
          Binding obligations

        

   

  The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

   

  	18.5	
          Validity, effectiveness and ranking of Security

        

   

  	(a)	
          Each Finance Document to which it is a party does now or, as the case may be, will upon execution and delivery and, where applicable, registration as provided for in that Finance Document create the Security it
            purports to create over any assets to which such Security, by its terms, relates, and such Security will, when created or intended to be created, be valid and effective.

        

   

  	(b)	
          No third party has or will have any Security (except for Permitted Security) over any assets that are the subject of any Transaction Security granted by it.

        

   

  	(c)	
          The Transaction Security granted by it to the Lender has or will when created or intended to be created have first ranking priority or such other priority it is expressed to have in the Finance Documents and is
            not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Security.

        

   

  	(d)	
          No concurrence, consent or authorisation of any person is required for the creation of or otherwise in connection with any Transaction Security.

        

   

  
    52

    
      

  

  	18.6	
          Non-conflict with other obligations

        

   

  The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, each Transaction Document to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with:

   

  	(a)	
          any law or regulation applicable to it;

        

   

  	(b)	
          the constitutional documents of any Transaction Obligor; or

        

   

  	(c)	
          any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any such Transaction Obligor or any such Transaction Obligor’s assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or
            instrument.

        

   

  	18.7	
          Power and authority

        

   

  	(a)	
          It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          its entry into, performance and delivery of, each Transaction Document to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents; and

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          in the case of the Borrower, the registration of the Ship under the Approved Flag.

        

   

  	(b)	
          No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, granting of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

        

   

  	18.8	
          Validity and admissibility in evidence

        

   

  All Authorisations required or desirable:

   

  	(a)	
          to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Transaction Documents to which it is a party; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          to make the Transaction Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions,

        

   

  have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

   

  	18.9	
          Governing law and enforcement

        

   

  	(a)	
          The choice of governing law of each Transaction Document to which it is a party will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

        

   

  	(b)	
          Any judgment obtained in relation to a Transaction Document to which it is a party in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Transaction Document will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant
            Jurisdictions.

        

   

  
    53

    
      

  

  	18.10	
          Insolvency

        

   

  No:

   

  	(a)	
          corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of Clause 26.8 (Insolvency proceedings); or

        

   

  	(b)	
          creditors’ process described in Clause 26.9 (Creditors’ process),

        

   

  has been taken or, to its knowledge, threatened in relation to a member of the Group; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 26.7 (Insolvency)
    applies to a member of the Group.

   

  	18.11	
          No filing or stamp taxes

        

   

  Under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions it is not necessary that the Finance Documents to which it is a party be registered, filed, recorded, notarised or enrolled with any
    court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents to which it is a party or the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents
    except any filing, recording or enrolling or any tax or fee payable which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation) and which will be made or paid promptly
    after the date of the relevant Finance Document.

   

  	18.12	
          Deduction of Tax

        

   

  It is not required to make any Tax Deduction from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to which it is a party.

   

  	18.13	
          No default

        

   

  	(a)	
          No Event of Default and, on the date of this Agreement and on the Utilisation Date, no Default is continuing or might be expected to result from the making of the Utilisation or the entry into, the performance
            of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Transaction Document.

        

   

  	(b)	
          No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default or a termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it s or to which its assets are
            subject, which in each case would be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

        

   

  	(c)	
          No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default or a termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on its Subsidiaries or to which any of
            its Subsidiaries’ assets are subject, which in each case would be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

        

   

  	18.14	
          No misleading information

        

   

  	(a)	
          Any factual information provided by any Transaction Obligor for the purposes of this Agreement was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it
            is stated.

        

   

  	(b)	
          The financial projections contained in any such information have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions.

        

   

  
    54

    
      

  

  	(c)	
          Nothing has occurred or been omitted from any such information and no information has been given or withheld that results in any such information being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

        

   

  	18.15	
          Financial Statements

        

   

  	(a)	
          The Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

        

   

  	(b)	
          The Original Financial Statements give a true and fair view of the Obligors’ financial condition as at the end of the relevant financial year and results of operations during the relevant financial year
            (consolidated in the case of the Guarantor).

        

   

  	(c)	
          There has been no material adverse change in the assets, business or financial condition of each Obligor (and of the assets, business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the
            Guarantor) since the date of the Original Financial Statements.

        

   

  	(d)	
          Each Obligor’s most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 (Financial statements):

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          have been prepared in accordance with Clause 19.3 (Requirements as to financial statements); and

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          give a true and fair view (if audited) and fairly represent (if unaudited) of its financial condition as at the end of the relevant financial year and operations during the relevant financial year.

        

   

  	(e)	
          Since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 (Financial statements) there has been no material adverse change in its business,
            assets or financial condition (or the business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the Guarantor).

        

   

  	18.16	
          Pari passu ranking

        

   

  Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other
    unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

   

  	18.17	
          No proceedings pending or threatened

        

   

  	(a)	
          No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) of or before any
            court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been
            started or threatened against it or any other Transaction Obligor.

        

   

  	(b)	
          No judgment or order of a court, arbitral tribunal or other tribunal or any order or sanction of any governmental or other regulatory body which might be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has (to the
            best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been made against it or any other Transaction Obligor.

        

   

  
    55

    
      

  

  	18.18	
          Validity and completeness of the Transaction Documents

        

   

  	(a)	
          Each of the Transaction Documents to which each Transaction Obligor is a party constitutes legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of that Transaction Obligor.

        

   

  	(b)	
          The copies of the Transaction Documents delivered to the Lender before the date of this Agreement are true and complete copies.

        

   

  	(c)	
          No amendments or additions to the Transaction Documents have been agreed nor have any rights under the Transaction Documents been waived.

        

   

  	18.19	
          Valuations

        

   

  	(a)	
          All information supplied by it or on its behalf to an Approved Valuer for the purposes of a valuation delivered to the Lender in accordance with this Agreement was true and accurate as at the date it was supplied
            or (if appropriate) as at the date (if any) at which it is stated to be given.

        

   

  	(b)	
          It has not omitted to supply any information to an Approved Valuer which, if disclosed, would adversely affect any valuation prepared by such Approved Valuer.

        

   

  	(c)	
          There has been no change to the factual information provided pursuant to paragraph (a) above in relation to any valuation between the date such information was provided and the date of that valuation which, in
            either case, renders that information untrue or misleading in any material respect.

        

   

  	18.20	
          No breach of laws

        

   

  It has not (and no other Transaction Obligor nor a member of the Group has) breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse
    Effect.

   

  	18.21	
          No Charter

        

   

  The Ship is not subject to any Charter other than a Permitted Charter.

   

  	18.22	
          Validity and completeness of the Existing Charter

        

   

  	(a)	
          The Existing Charter constitutes legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Borrower and the Existing Charterer respectively.

        

   

  	(b)	
          The copy of the Existing Charter delivered to the Lender before the date of this Agreement is a true and complete copy.

        

   

  	(c)	
          No amendments or additions to the Existing Charter have been agreed nor has the Borrower or the Existing Charterer waived any of their respective rights under the Existing Charter.

        

   

  	18.23	
          Compliance with Environmental Laws

        

   

  All Environmental Laws relating to the ownership, operation and management of the Ship and the business of each Transaction Obligor and each member of the Group (as now
    conducted and as anticipated to be conducted in the future) and the terms of all Environmental Approvals have been complied with.

   

  
    56

    
      

  

  	18.24	
          No Environmental Claim

        

   

  No Environmental Claim has been made or threatened against any Transaction Obligor and any member of the Group or the Ship which might be expected to have a Material Adverse
    Effect.

   

  	18.25	
          No Environmental Incident

        

   

  No Environmental Incident has occurred and no person has claimed that an Environmental Incident has occurred.

   

  	18.26	
          ISM and ISPS Code compliance

        

   

  All requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code as they relate to the Borrower, each Approved Manager and the Ship have been complied with.

   

  	18.27	
          Taxes paid

        

   

  	(a)	
          It is not is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not (and no other member of the Group is) overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax.

        

   

  	(b)	
          No claims or investigations are being, or are likely to be, made or conducted against it with respect to Taxes.

        

   

  	18.28	
          Financial Indebtedness

        

   

  The Borrower does not have any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

   

  	18.29	
          Overseas companies

        

   

  No Transaction Obligor has delivered particulars, whether in its name stated in the Finance Documents or any other name, of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as
    required under the Overseas Regulations or, if it has so registered, it has provided to the Lender sufficient details to enable an accurate search against it to be undertaken by the Lender at the Companies Registry.

   

  	18.30	
          Good title to assets

        

   

  	(a)	
          Each Transaction Obligor has good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted.

        

   

  	18.31	
          Ownership

        

   

  	(a)	
          The Borrower is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Ship, the Earnings and the Insurances and of all rights and interests under any Charter.

        

   

  	(b)	
          With effect on and from the date of its creation or intended creation, each Transaction Obligor will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of any asset that is the subject of any Transaction Security created or
            intended to be created by such Transaction Obligor.

        

   

  
    57

    
      

  

  	(c)	
          The constitutional documents of each Transaction Obligor do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of the shares of the Borrower on creation or enforcement of the security conferred by the Security
            Documents.

        

   

  	18.32	
          Centre of main interests and establishments

        

   

  For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 2015/848 on Insolvency Proceedings (recast) (the “Regulation”), each
    Transaction Obligor’s centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated at the address for communication stated in, Schedule 1, Part A (The Obligors) and it has no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(10) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

   

  	18.33	
          Place of business

        

   

  No Transaction Obligor has a place of business in any country other than the Hellenic Republic of Greece and its head office functions are carried out in each case at the
    address for communication stated in Schedule 1, Part A (The Obligors).

   

  	18.34	
          No employee or pension arrangements

        

   

  No Obligor has any employees or any liabilities under any pension scheme.

   

  	18.35	
          Sanctions

        

   

  	(a)	
          None of the Transaction Obligors, any of their Subsidiaries, any director or officer or any employee, agent, or Affiliate of a Transaction Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, nor any member of the Group or a
            Third Party Manager:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          is a Prohibited Person;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          is owned or controlled by or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Prohibited Person;

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          owns or controls a Prohibited Person; or

        

   

  	

        	(iv)	
          has a Prohibited Person serving as a director, officer or, to the best of its knowledge, employee.

        

   

  	(b)	
          No proceeds of the Loan shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person nor shall they be otherwise directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose
            prohibited by Sanctions.

        

   

  	18.36	
          US Tax Obligor

        

   

  No Obligor is a US Tax Obligor.

   

  	18.37	
          Funding of acquisition of Ship

        

   

  The acquisition cost of the Ship has been paid by the Borrower to the Seller of the Ship exclusively by means of intercompany loans, documented or undocumented or transfer of
    funds from the Guarantor and from the proceeds of the Loan.  Any funding structure for the acquisition cost of the Ship shall be fully evident in the financial statements of the Borrower for the financial year ending on 31 December 2021 to be provided
    pursuant to Clause 19.2 (Financial statements).

   

  
    58

    
      

  

  	18.38	
          Repetition

        

   

  The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the date of the Utilisation Request and the
    first day of each Interest Period.

   

  	19	
          INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

        

   

  	19.1	
          General

        

   

  The undertakings in this Clause 19 (Information Undertakings) remain in force throughout the Security Period unless the Lender otherwise
    permits.

   

  	19.2	
          Financial statements

        

   

  As soon as they become available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each of its financial years to which they relate:

   

  	(a)	
          the Borrower shall supply to the Lender its annual unaudited financial statements for that financial year; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          the Guarantor shall supply to the Lender its annual audited consolidated financial statements for that financial year.

        

   

  	19.3	
          Requirements as to financial statements

        

   

  	(a)	
          Each set of financial statements delivered by each Obligor pursuant to Clause 19.2 (Financial Statements) shall be certified by an officer of
            the relevant company as giving a true and fair view (if audited) or fairly representing (if unaudited) of its financial condition and operations as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

        

   

  	(b)	
          Each set of financial statements of each Obligor delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 (Financial Statements) shall be prepared using GAAP, accounting practices and financial
            reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the relevant Original Financial Statements unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Lender that there has been a change in GAAP, the accounting
            practices or reference periods and the Guarantor’s auditors deliver to the Lender:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the GAAP, accounting practices and reference periods upon which the relevant Original Financial Statements were prepared; and

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Lender, to enable the Lender to make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial
            statements and the relevant Original Financial Statements.

        

   

  	(c)	
          Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were
            prepared.

        

   

  
    59

    
      

  

  	19.4	
          Information: miscellaneous

        

   

  Each Obligor shall and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor shall supply to the Lender:

   

  	(a)	
          all documents dispatched by it to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;

        

   

  	(b)	
          promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach
            of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code or in connection with any breach of any Sanctions) which are current, threatened or pending against any Transaction Obligor or any member of the Group, and which might, if adversely determined, have a
            Material Adverse Effect;

        

   

  	(c)	
          promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any judgment or order of a court, arbitral body or agency or other tribunal or any order or sanction of any governmental or other regulatory body which is made
            against any Transaction Obligor or any member of the Group and which might have a Material Adverse Effect;

        

   

  	(d)	
          promptly, its constitutional documents where these have been amended or varied;

        

   

  	(e)	
          promptly, such further information and/or documents regarding:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          the Ship, goods transported on the Ship, the Earnings and the Insurances;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          the Security Assets;

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          compliance of the Transaction Obligors with the terms of the Finance Documents;

        

   

  	

        	(iv)	
          the financial condition, business, affairs, commitments and operations of any Transaction Obligor and any member of the Group irrespective of their shareholding structure,

        

   

  as the Lender may reasonably request; and

   

  	(f)	
          promptly, such further information and/or documents as the Lender may reasonably request so as to enable the Lender to comply with any laws applicable to it or as may be required by any regulatory authority.

        

   

  	19.5	
          Notification of Default

        

   

  	(a)	
          Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor shall, notify the Lender of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence
            (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

        

   

  	(b)	
          Promptly upon a request by the Lender, the Borrower shall supply to the Lender a certificate signed by two of its officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing,
            specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

        

   

  	19.6	
          DAC6

        

   

  
    60

    
      

  

  	(a)	
          In this Clause 19.6 (DAC6), “DAC6” means the Council Directive of 25 May 2018 (2018/822/EU) amending Directive 2011/16/EU or any
            replacement legislation applicable in the United Kingdom.

        

   

  	(b)	
          The Obligors shall supply to the Lender:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          promptly upon the making of such analysis or the obtaining of such advice, any analysis made or advice obtained on whether any transaction contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any transaction carried out
            (or to be carried out) in connection with any transaction contemplated by the Transaction Documents contains a hallmark as set out in Annex IV of DAC6; and

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          promptly upon the making of such reporting and to the extent permitted by applicable law and regulation, any reporting made to any governmental or taxation authority by or on behalf of any member of the Group or
            by any adviser to such member of the Group in relation to DAC6 or any law or regulation which implements DAC6 and any unique identification number issued by any governmental or taxation authority to which any such report has been made (if
            available).

        

   

  	19.7	
          “Know your customer” checks

        

   

  If:

   

  	(a)	
          the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

        

   

  	(b)	
          any change in the status of a Transaction Obligor (or the Holding Company of a Transaction Obligor) (including, without limitation, a change of ownership of a Transaction Obligor or the Holding Company of a
            Transaction Obligor) after the date of this Agreement; or

        

   

  	(c)	
          a proposed assignment by the Lender of any of its rights under this Agreement,

        

   

  obliges the Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c) above, any prospective assignee) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances
    where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is requested by the Lender at its absolute
    satisfaction (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, on behalf of any prospective assignee) in order for the Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, any prospective assignee to carry out
    and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

   

  	20	
          FINANCIAL COVENANTS

        

   

  	20.1	
          Financial Covenants of the Guarantor

        

   

  	(a)	
          Except as the Lenders may otherwise permit in writing (such permission not to be unreasonably delayed), the Guarantor shall ensure that at all times:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          it shall maintain Cash (which, without limitation, shall include the Pledged Deposit) and any contractually committed but undrawn parts of the Notes) in an amount not less than the product of (i) the number of
            Fleet Vessels and (ii) $500,000; and

        

   

  
    61

    
      

  

  	

        	(ii)	
          the Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 85 per cent.

        

   

  	(b)	
          For the purposes of this Clause 20.1 (Financial covenants of the Guarantor):

        

   

  “Accounting Period” means each consecutive 6-month period, during the Security Period ending on 31 December and 30 June of each financial
    year.

   

  “Cash” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Latest Financial Statements (for the avoidance of doubt, including cash
    equivalents, restricted cash and term deposits).

   

  “Fleet Market Value” means, in relation to the Fleet Vessels, as at the date of calculation, the aggregate Market Value thereof as most
    recently determined.

   

  “Latest Financial Statements” means, as at the date of calculation or, as the case may be, in respect of an Accounting Period, the annual
    audited or (as the case may be) semi-annual unaudited (in respect of the Accounting Period  of each financial year) consolidated financial statements the Guarantor is obliged to deliver to the Lender pursuant to Clause 19.2 (Financial statements).

   

  “Leverage Ratio” means, as at the date of calculation, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of Net Debt to Market Value Adjusted Total
    Assets less Cash.

   

  “Market Value Adjusted Other Assets” means, as at the date of calculation, the Fleet Market Value plus the book value (less depreciation and
    amortization computed in accordance with the Latest Financial Statements on a consolidated basis of all non-current assets of the Group (which, without limitation, shall exclude all Fleet Vessels)), as stated in the Latest Financial Statements.

   

  “Market Value Adjusted Total Assets” means, as at the date of calculation, the aggregate of the Market Value Adjusted Other Assets and the
    Total Current Assets.

   

  “Net Debt” means, as at the date of calculation, the Total Debt less any drawn amounts of the Notes less Cash, in each case as stated in the
    Latest Financial Statements.

   

  “Notes” means, as at the date of calculation, the aggregate outstanding amount of certain notes issued or to be issued by the Guarantor to
    certain of its shareholders and held or to be held by those shareholders in exchange for loan made by those shareholders to the Guarantor which have been or are to be, on-lent to the Borrower and other members of the Group to assist them with their
    working capital requirements.

   

  “Total Current Assets” means, the aggregate of the cash and marketable securities, trade and other
    receivables from persons (other than persons being members of the Group) plus inventories, prepaid expenses, voyage expenses and other current assets realisable within 1 year such amount to be determined on a consolidated basis less any discounts,
    allowances and activated goodwill, in each case as shown in the Latest Financial Statements.

   

  “Total Debt” means, as at the date of calculation, the current portion of long-term debt, net of deferred finance costs and the long-term
    debt, net of current portion and deferred finance costs of the Group as shown in the Latest Financial Statements and any current Notes.

   

  	20.2	
          Testing

        

   

  The financial covenants set out in this Clause 20 (Financial Covenants) shall be tested semi-annually by reference the relevant Compliance
    Certificate and (in respect of the second semester of each calendar year) to the annual financial statements of the Guarantor delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 (Financial statements) and.

   

  
    62

    
      

  

  	20.3	
          Compliance Certificate

        

   

  The Guarantor shall supply to the Lender annually together with its annual audited financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 (Financial

      statements) a Compliance Certificate signed by an officer of the Guarantor setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 20.1 (Financial Covenants of the Guarantor)  as at
    the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

   

  	20.4	
          Most favoured nation

        

   

  The Guarantor undertakes to procure that the Lender shall receive equal treatment with creditors under any other financing which the Guarantor or any
    of its Subsidiaries have entered or will enter into in relation to any financial or other covenant which the Guarantor provides. Accordingly, should the Guarantor provide to any other creditor additional or more favourable financial or other covenants
    than those which the Lender has been provided under this or any other Finance Document, the  Guarantor shall promptly notify the Lender in writing and give to the Lender a reasonably detailed description of those financial or other covenants and shall,
    within 15 Business Days from notifying the Lender, enter into such documentation supplemental to the Finance Documents as the Lender may require in order to achieve parity with the lender or (as applicable) lenders under such other financing.

   

  	21	
          GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

        

   

  	21.1	
          General

        

   

  The undertakings in this Clause 20 (General Undertakings) remain in force throughout the Security Period except as the Lender may
    otherwise permit.

   

  	21.2	
          Authorisations

        

   

  Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, promptly:

   

  	(a)	
          obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          supply certified copies to the Lender of,

        

   

  any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction or the state of the Approved Flag at any time of the Ship to enable it to:

   

  	

        	(i)	
          perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in any Relevant Jurisdiction and in the state of the Approved Flag at any time of the Ship of any Transaction Document to which it is a
            party; and

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          in the case of the Borrower, own and operate the Ship.

        

   

  	21.3	
          Compliance with laws

        

   

  Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor and each Third Party Manager will , comply in all respects with all laws and regulations to which it
    may be subject, if failure so to comply has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

   

  
    63

    
      

  

  	21.4	
          Environmental compliance

        

   

  Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor and each Third Party Manager will, and the Guarantor shall procure that each other member of the Group
    will:

   

  	(a)	
          comply with all Environmental Laws;

        

   

  	(b)	
          obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Approvals;

        

   

  	(c)	
          implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law,

        

   

  where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

   

  	21.5	
          Environmental Claims

        

   

  Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor and any member of the Group will (through the Guarantor), promptly upon becoming aware of the same,
    inform the Lender in writing of:

   

  	(a)	
          any Environmental Claim against any Transaction Obligor and any member of the Group which is current, pending or threatened; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any Transaction Obligor and any member of the Group,

        

   

  where the claim, if determined against that Transaction Obligor or that member of the Group, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

   

  	21.6	
          Taxation

        

   

  	(a)	
          Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only
            to the extent that:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          such payment is being contested in good faith;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          adequate reserves are maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them and both have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Lender under Clause 19.2 (Financial statements); and

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          such payment can be lawfully withheld.

        

   

  	(b)	
          No Obligor shall (and the Obligors shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will), change its residence for Tax purposes.

        

   

  	21.7	
          Overseas companies

        

   

  Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, promptly inform the Lender if it delivers to the Registrar particulars required under the
    Overseas Regulations of any UK Establishment and it shall comply with any directions given to it by the Lender regarding the recording of any Transaction Security on the register which it is required to maintain under The Overseas Companies (Execution
    of Documents and Registration of Charges) Regulations 2009.

   

  
    64

    
      

  

  	21.8	
          No change to centre of main interests

        

   

  No Obligor shall, and the Obligors shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will, change the location of its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1)
    of the Regulation) from that stated in relation to it in Clause 18.32 (Centre of main interests and establishments) and it will create no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(10) of the Regulation)
    in any other jurisdiction.

   

  	21.9	
          Pari passu ranking

        

   

  Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of the Lender against it under
    the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general
    application to companies.

   

  	21.10	
          Title

        

   

  	(a)	
          The Borrower holds the legal title to, and owns the entire beneficial interest in the Ship, the Earnings and the Insurances.

        

   

  	(b)	
          With effect on and from its creation or intended creation, each Transaction Obligor shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in any other assets the subject of any Transaction
            Security created or intended to be created by that Transaction Obligor.

        

   

  	21.11	
          Negative pledge

        

   

  	(a)	
          No Obligor shall, and the Obligors shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will, create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets which are, in the case of the Transaction Obligors other
            than the Borrower, the subject of the Security created or intended to be created by the Finance Documents.

        

   

  	(b)	
          The Borrower shall not:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by a Transaction Obligor or any other member of the Group;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

        

   

  	

        	(iv)	
          enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

        

   

  in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

   

  	(c)	
          Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to any Permitted Security.

        

   

  
    65

    
      

  

  	21.12	
          Disposals

        

   

  	(a)	
          The Borrower shall not enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset
            (including without limitation the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances).

        

   

  	(b)	
          Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any Charter as all Charters are subject to Clause 23.16 (Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.).

        

   

  	21.13	
          Merger

        

   

  No Obligor shall, and the Obligors shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will, enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction
    unless, in the case of the Guarantor, the Guarantor is the surviving entity and no breach of  Clauses 7.5 (Change of control), 21.14 (Change of business) and 21.26
    (NASDAQ listing) occurs or will occur as a result of such action.

   

  	21.14	
          Change of business

        

   

  	(a)	
          No Obligor shall, and the Obligors shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will, make any substantial change to the general nature of its business from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

        

   

  	(b)	
          No Obligor shall, and the Obligors shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will, engage in any business other than the ownership, operation, chartering and management of the Ship or a Fleet Vessel.

        

   

  	21.15	
          Financial Indebtedness

        

   

  The Borrower shall not incur or permit to be outstanding any Financial Indebtedness except Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

   

  	21.16	
          Expenditure

        

   

  The Borrower shall not incur any expenditure, except for expenditure reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of owning, operating, insuring, maintaining and repairing the
    Ship.

   

  	21.17	
          Share capital

        

   

  The Borrower shall not:

   

  	(a)	
          purchase, cancel or redeem any of its shares;

        

   

  	(b)	
          increase or reduce its authorised shares;

        

   

  	(c)	
          issue any further shares except to the Guarantor and provided such new shares are made subject to the terms of the Shares Security immediately upon the issue of such new shares in a manner satisfactory to the
            Lender and the terms of the Shares Security are complied with; or

        

   

  	(d)	
          appoint any further director or officer of the Borrower (unless the provisions of the Shares Security are complied with).

        

   

  
    66

    
      

  

  	21.18	
          Dividends

        

   

  The Borrower shall not:

   

  	(a)	
          declare, make or pay any dividend, charge, fee or other distribution (or interest on any unpaid dividend, charge, fee or other distribution) (in cash or in kind) on or in respect of its shares; or

        

   

  	(b)	
          repay or distribute any dividend or share premium reserve;

        

   

  	(c)	
          pay any management, advisory or other fee to or to the order of any of its shareholders;

        

   

  	(d)	
          redeem repurchase, defease, retire or repay any of its shares or resolve to do so;

        

   

  	(e)	
          repay part of any Subordinated Liabilities,

        

   

  at any time during the Security Period if a Default has occurred and is continuing or where the making or payment of such dividend or distribution, or as the case may be, any
    such other action or occurrence set out in paragraphs (a) through (e) above would result in the occurrence of an Event of Default.

   

  	21.19	
          Other transactions

        

   

  No Obligor shall, and the Obligors shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will:

   

  	(a)	
          be the creditor in respect of any loan or any form of credit to any person other than another Transaction Obligor or to a member of the Group which is a shipowning company and where such loan or form of credit is
            Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

        

   

  	(b)	
          give or allow to be outstanding any guarantee or indemnity to or for the benefit of any person in respect of any obligation of any other person or enter into any document under which that Transaction Obligor
            assumes any liability of any other person, other than (i) any guarantee or indemnity given under the Finance Documents, (ii) any guarantee or indemnity given by the Guarantor in respect of the Financial Indebtedness of a member of the Group
            which is a shipowning company, or (iii) any guarantee or indemnity given by any Approved Manager in the ordinary course of its business;

        

   

  	(c)	
          enter into any material agreement other than:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          the Transaction Documents; or

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          any other agreement expressly allowed under any other term of this Agreement,

        

   

  other than, in respect of any Approved Manager, any agreements entered into in the ordinary course of its business;

   

  	(d)	
          enter into any transaction on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to that Transaction Obligor than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms’ length; or

        

   

  	(e)	
          acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks.

        

   

  
    67

    
      

  

  	21.20	
          Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled

        

   

  No Obligor shall, and the Obligors shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will, do (or fail to do) or cause or permit another person to do (or omit to do) anything
    which is likely to:

   

  	(a)	
          make it unlawful for a Transaction Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Transaction Documents;

        

   

  	(b)	
          cause any obligation of a Transaction Obligor under the Transaction Documents to cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable;

        

   

  	(c)	
          cause any Transaction Document to cease to be in full force and effect;

        

   

  	(d)	
          cause any Transaction Security to rank after, or lose its priority to, any other Security; and

        

   

  	(e)	
          imperil or jeopardise the Transaction Security.

        

   

  	21.21	
          Further assurance

        

   

  	(a)	
          Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, promptly, and in any event within the time period specified by the Lender do all such acts (including procuring or arranging any
            registration, notarisation or authentication or the giving of any notice) or execute or procure execution of all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices, instructions, acknowledgments, proxies and powers of
            attorney), as the Lender may specify (and in such form as the Lender may require in favour of the Lender or its nominee(s)):

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          to create, perfect, vest in favour of the Lender or protect the priority of the Security or any right of any kind created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Finance Documents (which may include
            the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of the Lender or
            any Receiver or Delegate provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          to confer on the Lender Security over any property and assets of that Transaction Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Finance
            Documents;

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          to facilitate or expedite the realisation and/or sale of, the transfer of title to or the grant of, any interest in or right relating to the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction
            Security or to exercise any power specified in any Finance Document in respect of which the Security has become enforceable; and/or

        

   

  	

        	(iv)	
          to enable or assist the Lender to enter into any transaction to commence, defend or conduct any proceedings and/or to take any other action relating to any item of the Security Property.

        

   

  	(b)	
          Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of
            the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Lender by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

        

   

  
    68

    
      

  

  	(c)	
          At the same time as an Obligor delivers to the Lender any document executed by itself or another Transaction Obligor pursuant to this Clause 21.21 (Further assurance),
            that Obligor shall deliver, or shall procure that such other Transaction Obligor will deliver, evidence acceptable to the Lender that the Obligor’s or Transaction Obligor’s execution of such document has been duly authorised by it.

        

   

  	21.22	
          Pledged deposit

        

   

  The Obligors shall ensure that, on and from the Utilisation Date and throughout the remainder of the Security Period, the
    amount of $850,000 shall be maintained in the credit of the Pledged Deposit Account.

   

  	21.23	
          Ownership and control

        

   

  The Guarantor shall:

   

  	(a)	
          remain the direct owner of the shares of the Borrower and of the voting rights attaching to such shares; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          be the direct owner of shipping companies and of entities engaged in shipping related activities, all acceptable to the Lender.

        

   

  	21.24	
          Funding of acquisition of Ship

        

   

  In the event that the acquisition cost of the Ship was funded by means of lending to the Borrower from any person or entity acceptable to the Lender, the Borrower shall ensure
    that the rights of such person or entity which funded the acquisition cost of the Ship shall be fully subordinated to all Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents pursuant to a Subordination Deed and the Subordinated Liabilities
    under that Subordinated Agreement are assigned in favour of the Lender pursuant to a Subordinated Debt Security.

   

  	21.25	
          Use of proceeds

        

   

  The Borrower shall ensure that no part of the proceeds of the Loan shall be used for the purposes of acquiring shares in the shares of the Lender or other banks and/or
      financial institutions or acquiring hybrid capital debentures of the Lender or other banks and/or financial institutions.

   

  	21.26	
          NASDAQ listing

        

   

  The Guarantor shall maintain its listing on the NASDAQ Stock Exchange or any other stock exchange acceptable to the Lender.

   

  	21.27	
          No variation, release etc. of Existing Charter

        

   

  The Borrower shall not, whether by a document, by conduct, by acquiescence or in any other way:

   

  	(a)	
          vary the Existing Charter in a material manner (and for the avoidance of doubt, but without limitation, any amendment in relation to the term, the hire rate, the termination events, the parties and the governing
            law of the Existing Charter is considered material);

        

   

  
    69

    
      

  

  	(b)	
          release, waive, suspend, subordinate or permit to be lost or impaired any interest or right of any kind which the Borrower has at any time to, in or in connection with, the Existing Charter or in relation to any
            matter arising out of or in connection with the Existing Charter; or

        

   

  	(c)	
          waive any person’s breach of the Existing Charter.

        

   

  	21.28	
          No change of CEO

        

   

  The chief executive officer (the “CEO”) of the Guarantor as at the date of this Agreement will remain the CEO of the Guarantor throughout
    the Security Period.

   

  	22	
          INSURANCE UNDERTAKINGS

        

   

  	22.1	
          General

        

   

  The undertakings in this Clause 22 (Insurance Undertakings) remain in force on and from the Utilisation Date and throughout the rest of
    the Security Period except as the Lender may otherwise permit.

   

  	22.2	
          Maintenance of obligatory insurances

        

   

  The Borrower shall keep the Ship insured at its expense against:

   

  	(a)	
          fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery and excess risks);

        

   

  	(b)	
          war risks;

        

   

  	(c)	
          protection and indemnity risks; and

        

   

  	(d)	
          any other risks against which the Lender considers, having regard to ship insurance or ship finance practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would be reasonable for the Borrower to
            insure and which are specified by the Lender by notice to the Borrower.

        

   

  	22.3	
          Terms of obligatory insurances

        

   

  The Borrower shall effect such insurances:

   

  	(a)	
          in dollars;

        

   

  	(b)	
          in the case of fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery and excess risks) and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          125 per cent. of aggregate of (A) Loan and (B) the Hedging Close-Out Liabilities; and

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          the Market Value of the Ship;

        

   

  	(c)	
          in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international
            marine insurance market but such amount shall not be less than $1,000,000,000;

        

   

  	(d)	
          in the case of protection and indemnity risks, in respect of the full tonnage of the Ship;

        

   

  	(e)	
          on approved terms; and

        

   

  
    70

    
      

  

  	(f)	
          through Approved Brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks
            associations (which are members of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Associations).

        

   

  	22.4	
          Further protections for the Lender

        

   

  In addition to the terms set out in Clause 22.3 (Terms of obligatory insurances), the Borrower shall procure that the obligatory
    insurances shall:

   

  	(a)	
          subject always to paragraph (b), name the Borrower as the sole named insured unless the interest of every other named insured is limited:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;

        

   

  	

        	(A)	
          to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and

        

   

  	

        	(B)	
          to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made
            specifically against it;

        

   

  and every other named insured has undertaken in writing to the Lender (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between the Borrower and every other
    named insured in proportion to the gross claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Lender to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become
    payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;

   

  	(b)	
          whenever the Lender requires, name (or be amended to name) the Lender as additional named insured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation
            against the Lender, but without the Lender being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;

        

   

  	(c)	
          name the Lender as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Lender may specify;

        

   

  	(d)	
          provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Lender shall be made without set off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

        

   

  	(e)	
          provide that the obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Lender; and

        

   

  	(f)	
          provide that the Lender may make proof of loss if the Borrower fails to do so.

        

   

  	22.5	
          Renewal of obligatory insurances

        

   

  The Borrower shall:

   

  	(a)	
          at least 21 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance:

        

   

  
    71

    
      

  

  	

        	(i)	
          notify the Lender of the Approved Brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with which the Borrower proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the
            proposed terms of renewal; and

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          obtain the Lender’s approval to the matters referred to in sub-paragraph (i) above;

        

   

  	(b)	
          at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Lender’s approval pursuant to paragraph (a) above; and

        

   

  	(c)	
          procure that the Approved Brokers and/or the approved war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Lender in writing of the
            terms and conditions of the renewal.

        

   

  	22.6	
          Copies of policies; letters of undertaking

        

   

  The Borrower shall ensure that the Approved Brokers provide the Lender with:

   

  	(a)	
          pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          a letter or letters of undertaking in a form required by the Lender and including undertakings by the Approved Brokers that:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 22.4 (Further protections
              for the Lender);

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Lender in accordance with such loss payable clause;

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          they will advise the Lender immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;

        

   

  	

        	(iv)	
          they will, if they have not received notice of renewal instructions from the Borrower or its agents, notify the Lender not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances;

        

   

  	

        	(v)	
          if they receive instructions to renew the obligatory insurances, they will promptly notify the Lender of the terms of the instructions;

        

   

  	

        	(vi)	
          they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of
            the Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such
            premiums or other amounts; and

        

   

  	

        	(vii)	
          they will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of the Ship forthwith upon being so requested by the Lender.

        

   

  
    72

    
      

  

  	22.7	
          Copies of certificates of entry

        

   

  The Borrower shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship is entered provide the Lender with:

   

  	(a)	
          a copy of the certificate of entry for the Ship;

        

   

  	(b)	
          a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Lender; and

        

   

  	(c)	
          a copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to the Ship.

        

   

  	22.8	
          Deposit of original policies

        

   

  The Borrower shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances are deposited with the Approved Brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

   

  	22.9	
          Payment of premiums

        

   

  The Borrower shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Lender.

   

  	22.10	
          Guarantee

        

   

  The Borrower shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

   

  	22.11	
          Compliance with terms of insurances

        

   

  	(a)	
          The Borrower shall not do nor omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum
            payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part.

        

   

  	(b)	
          Without limiting paragraph (a) above, the Borrower shall:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in sub-paragraph (iii) of
            paragraph (b) of Clause 22.6 (Copies of policies; letters of undertaking)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Lender has not given
            its prior approval;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          not make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          make (and promptly supply copies to the Lender of) all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Ship is entered to maintain cover
            for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and

        

   

  	

        	(iv)	
          not employ the Ship, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with
            any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

        

   

  
    73

    
      

  

  	22.12	
          Alteration to terms of insurances

        

   

  The Borrower shall not make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance or waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.

   

  	22.13	
          Settlement of claims

        

   

  The Borrower shall:

   

  	(a)	
          not settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Lender to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.

        

   

  	22.14	
          Provision of copies of communications

        

   

  The Borrower shall provide the Lender, at the time of each such communication (other than communications of an entirely routine nature), with copies of all written
    communications between the Borrower and:

   

  	(a)	
          the Approved Brokers;

        

   

  	(b)	
          the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and

        

   

  	(c)	
          the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters,

        

   

  which relate directly or indirectly to:

   

  	

        	(i)	
          the Borrower’s obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          any credit arrangements made between the Borrower and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.

        

   

  	22.15	
          Provision of information

        

   

  The Borrower shall promptly provide the Lender (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Lender (or any such designated person) requests for the
    purpose of:

   

  	(a)	
          obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or

        

   

  	(b)	
          effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 22.16 (Mortgagee’s interest and, additional perils insurances) or dealing with or
            considering any matters relating to any such insurances,

        

   

  and the Borrower shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Lender in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Lender in connection with any
    such report as is referred to in paragraph (a) above.

   

  
    74

    
      

  

  	22.16	
          Mortgagee’s interest and, additional perils insurances

        

   

  	(a)	
          The Lender shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew a mortgagee’s interest marine insurance, and a mortgagee’s interest additional perils insurance each in an amount of not less than 110
              per cent. of the aggregate of (i) Loan and (ii) the Hedging Close-Out Liabilities and otherwise on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Lender may from time to time
              consider appropriate.

        

   

  	(b)	
          The Borrower shall upon demand fully indemnify the Lender in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any insurance
            referred to in paragraph (a) above or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

        

   

  	23	
          SHIP UNDERTAKINGS

        

   

  	23.1	
          General

        

   

  The undertakings in this Clause 23 (Ship Undertakings) remain in force on and from the Utilisation Date and throughout the rest of the
    Security Period except as the Lender may otherwise permit.

   

  	23.2	
          Ship’s name and registration

        

   

  The Borrower shall:

   

  	(a)	
          keep the Ship registered in its name under the Approved Flag from time to time at its port of registration;

        

   

  	(b)	
          not do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be suspended, cancelled or imperilled;

        

   

  	(c)	
          not enter into any dual flagging arrangement in respect of the Ship; and

        

   

  	(d)	
          not change the name of the Ship,

        

   

  provided that any change of flag of the Ship shall be subject to:

   

  	

        	(i)	
          the Ship remaining subject to Security securing the Secured Liabilities created by a first priority or preferred ship mortgage on the Ship and, if appropriate, a first priority deed of covenant collateral to that
            mortgage (or equivalent first priority Security) on substantially the same terms as the Mortgage and on such other terms and in such other form as the Lender shall approve or require; and

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          the execution of such other documentation amending and supplementing the Finance Documents as the Lender shall approve or require.

        

   

  
    75

    
      

  

  	23.3	
          Repair and classification

        

   

  The Borrower shall keep the Ship in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

   

  	(a)	
          consistent with first class ship ownership and management practice; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          so as to maintain the Approved Classification with an Approved Classification Society free of overdue recommendations and conditions.

        

   

  	23.4	
          Classification society undertaking

        

   

  If required by the Lender in writing, the Borrower shall instruct the Approved Classification Society (and procure that the Approved Classification Society undertakes with the
    Lender):

   

  	(a)	
          to send to the Lender, following receipt of a request from the Lender, certified true copies of all original class records held by the Approved Classification Society in relation to the Ship;

        

   

  	(b)	
          to allow the Lender (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of the Borrower and the Ship at the offices of the Approved Classification Society and to
            take copies of them;

        

   

  	(c)	
          to notify the Lender immediately in writing if the Approved Classification Society:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          receives notification from the Borrower or any person that the Ship’s Approved Classification Society is to be changed; or

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of the Ship’s class under the rules or terms and conditions of the Borrower
            or the Ship’s membership of the Approved Classification Society;

        

   

  	(d)	
          following receipt of a written request from the Lender:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          to confirm that the Borrower is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society, including confirmation that it has paid in full all fees or other
            charges due and payable to the Approved Classification Society; or

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          to confirm that the Borrower is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society, to specify to the Lender in detail the facts and circumstances of such
            default, the consequences of such default, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the Approved Classification Society.

        

   

  	23.5	
          Modifications

        

   

  The Borrower shall not make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, the Ship or equipment installed on it which would or might materially alter the
    structure, type or performance characteristics of the Ship or materially reduce its value without the prior consent of the Lender which shall not be unreasonably withheld in regards to modifications that will ensure compliance with existing or upcoming
    Environmental Laws and regulations.

   

  
    76

    
      

  

  	23.6	
          Removal and installation of parts

        

   

  	(a)	
          Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Borrower shall not remove any material part of the Ship, or any item of equipment installed on the Ship unless:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          the replacement part or item is free from any Security in favour of any person other than the Lender; and

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          the replacement part or item becomes, on installation on the Ship, the property of the Borrower and subject to the security constituted by the Mortgage.

        

   

  	(b)	
          The Borrower may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship.

        

   

  	23.7	
          Surveys

        

   

  The Borrower shall submit the Ship regularly to all periodic or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Lender, provide the
    Lender, with copies of all survey reports.

   

  	23.8	
          Inspection

        

   

  The Borrower shall permit the Lender (acting through surveyors or other persons appointed by and reporting to the Lender for that purpose and at the Borrower’s expense) to board
    the Ship, upon reasonable notice and without interfering with the Ship’s normal course of trading (such notice and non-interference obligation not to apply following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing), to inspect its condition
    or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and the Borrower shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections.

   

  	23.9	
          Prevention of and release from arrest

        

   

  	(a)	
          The Borrower shall promptly discharge:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          all Taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances; and

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances.

        

   

  	(b)	
          The Borrower shall, immediately upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, take all steps necessary to procure its release by
            providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

        

   

  
    77

    
      

  

  	23.10	
          Compliance with laws etc.

        

   

  Each Obligor shall (and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor and each Third Party Manager shall):

   

  	(a)	
          comply, or procure compliance with all laws or regulations:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          relating to its business generally; and

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          relating to the Ship, its ownership, employment, operation, management and registration,

        

   

  including, but not limited to, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, all Sanctions and the laws of the Approved Flag;

   

  	(b)	
          obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any Environmental Approvals; and

        

   

  	(c)	
          without limiting paragraph (a) above, not employ the Ship nor allow its employment, operation or management in any manner contrary to any law or regulation including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS
            Code, all Environmental Laws and Sanctions.

        

   

  	23.11	
          ISPS Code

        

   

  Without limiting paragraph (a) of Clause 23.10 (Compliance with laws etc.), the Borrower shall (and shall procure that each Approved
    Manager will):

   

  	(a)	
          procure that the Ship and the company responsible for the Ship’s compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          maintain an ISSC for the Ship; and

        

   

  	(c)	
          notify the Lender immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.

        

   

  	23.12	
          Sanctions and Ship trading

        

   

  Without limiting Clause 23.10 (Compliance with laws etc.), the Borrower shall procure:

   

  	(a)	
          that the Ship shall not be used by or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person;

        

   

  	(b)	
          that the Ship shall not be used in trading in any manner contrary to Sanctions (or which could be contrary to Sanctions if Sanctions were binding on each Transaction Obligor and each Third Party Manager);

        

   

  	(c)	
          that the Ship shall not be traded in any manner which would trigger the operation of any sanctions limitation or exclusion clause (or similar) in the Insurances; and

        

   

  	(d)	
          that each charterparty in respect of the Ship shall contain, for the benefit of the Borrower, language which gives effect to the provisions of paragraph (c) of Clause 23.10 (Compliance

              with laws etc.) as regards Sanctions and of this Clause 23.12 (Sanctions and Ship trading) and which permits refusal of employment or voyage orders if compliance would result in a breach of
            Sanctions (or which would result in a breach of Sanctions if Sanctions were binding on each Transaction Obligor and/or each Third Party Manager).

        

   

  
    78

    
      

  

  	23.13	
          Trading in war zones or excluded areas

        

   

  The Borrower shall not cause or permit the Ship to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by the Ship’s war risks insurers or which is
    otherwise excluded from the scope of coverage of the obligatory insurances unless:

   

  	(a)	
          the prior written consent of the Lender has been given; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          the Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the insurers and the Lender may require.

        

   

  	23.14	
          Provision of information

        

   

  Without prejudice to Clause 19.4 (Information: miscellaneous) the Borrower shall promptly provide the Lender with any information which
    it requests regarding:

   

  	(a)	
          the Ship, its employment, position and engagements;

        

   

  	(b)	
          the Earnings and payments and amounts due to its master and crew;

        

   

  	(c)	
          any expenditure incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Ship and any payments made by it in respect of the Ship;

        

   

  	(d)	
          any towages and salvages; and

        

   

  	(e)	
          its compliance, each Approved Manager’s compliance and the compliance of the Ship with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code and any Sanctions,

        

   

  and, upon the Lender’s request, promptly provide copies of any current Charter or sub-charter relating to the Ship, of any current guarantee of any such Charter, the Ship’s
    Safety Management Certificate and any relevant Document of Compliance.

   

  	23.15	
          Notification of certain events

        

   

  The Borrower shall immediately notify the Lender by fax and/or email, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:

   

  	(a)	
          any casualty to the Ship which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

        

   

  	(b)	
          any occurrence as a result of which the Ship has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

        

   

  	(c)	
          any requisition of the Ship for hire;

        

   

  	(d)	
          any requirement or recommendation made in relation to the Ship by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not immediately complied with;

        

   

  	(e)	
          any arrest or detention of the Ship or any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on the Ship or the Earnings;

        

   

  	(f)	
          any intended dry docking of the Ship;

        

   

  	(g)	
          any Environmental Claim made against the Borrower or in connection with the Ship, or any Environmental Incident;

        

   

  
    79

    
      

  

  	(h)	
          any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against the Borrower, any Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with the Ship; or

        

   

  	(i)	
          any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with,

        

   

  and the Borrower shall keep the Lender advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Lender shall require as to the Borrower’s, each Approved Manager’s or any
    other person’s response to any of those events or matters.

   

  	23.16	
          Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.

        

   

  The Borrower shall not:

   

  	(a)	
          let the Ship on demise charter for any period;

        

   

  	(b)	
          enter into any time, voyage or consecutive voyage charter in respect of the Ship other than a Permitted Charter;

        

   

  	(c)	
          materially amend, supplement or terminate any Management Agreement or any Assignable Charter (and for the avoidance of doubt, but without limitation, any amendment on the duration, the management fees, the
            termination provisions, the parties and the governing law of any Management Agreement is considered material) unless, in the case of termination, such Management Agreement is immediately replaced by another Management Agreement acceptable to
            the Lender with an Approved Manager and such Approved Manager provides a Manager’s Undertaking;

        

   

  	(d)	
          appoint a manager of the Ship other than an Approved Manager or agree to any material alteration to the terms of an Approved Manager’s appointment (and for the avoidance of doubt, but without limitation, any
            amendment on the duration, the management fees, the termination provisions, the parties and the governing law of any Management Agreement is considered material);

        

   

  	(e)	
          de activate or lay up the Ship; or

        

   

  	(f)	
          put the Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $750,000 (or the equivalent in any other
              currency) unless that person has first given to the Lender and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on the Ship or the Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.

        

   

  	23.17	
          Notice of Mortgage

        

   

  The Borrower shall keep the Mortgage registered against the Ship as a valid first priority or, as the case may be, preferred mortgage, carry on board the Ship a certified copy
    of the Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the master’s cabin of the Ship a framed printed notice stating that the Ship is mortgaged by the Borrower to the Lender.

   

  	23.18	
          Sharing of Earnings

        

   

  The Borrower shall not enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings.

   

  
    80

    
      

  

  	23.19	
          Charterparty Assignment

        

   

  If the Borrower enters into any Assignable Charter
    subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Lender in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 23.16 (Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.), the Borrower shall, at the request of the Lender,
    execute in favour of the Lender a Charterparty Assignment in respect of such Assignable Charter and shall deliver to the Lender any other documents as the Lender may require.

   

  	23.20	
          Notification of compliance

        

   

  The Borrower shall promptly provide the Lender from time to time with evidence (in such form as the Lender requires) that it is complying with this Clause 23 (Ship Undertakings).

   

  	24	
          SECURITY COVER

        

   

  	24.1	
          Minimum required security cover

        

   

  Clause 24.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment) applies if the Lender notifies the Borrower that
    the Security Cover Ratio is below 130 per cent.

   

  	24.2	
          Provision of additional security; prepayment

        

   

  	(a)	
          If the Lender serves a notice on the Borrower under Clause 24.1 (Minimum required security cover), the Borrower shall, on or before the date falling 30 Business Days after
            the date on which the Lender’s notice is served (the “Prepayment Date”), prepay such part of the Loan as shall eliminate the shortfall.

        

   

  	(b)	
          The Borrower may, instead of making a prepayment as described in paragraph (a) above, provide, or ensure that a third party has provided, additional security which, in the opinion of the Lender:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall; and

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          is documented in such terms as the Lender may approve or require,

        

   

  before the Prepayment Date; and conditional upon such security being provided in such manner, it shall satisfy such prepayment obligation.

   

  	24.3	
          Value of additional vessel security

        

   

  The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 24.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment)
    and which consists of Security over a vessel shall be the Market Value of the vessel concerned.

   

  	24.4	
          Valuations binding

        

   

  Any valuation under this Clause 24 (Security Cover) shall be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrower.

   

  	24.5	
          Provision of information

        

   

  	(a)	
          The Borrower shall promptly provide the Lender and any Approved Valuer acting under this Clause 24 (Security Cover) with any information which the Lender or that Approved
            Valuer may request for the purposes of the valuation.

        

   

  
    81

    
      

  

  	(b)	
          If the Borrower fails to provide the information referred to in paragraph (a) above by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the Approved Valuer or the
            Lender considers prudent.

        

   

  	24.6	
          Prepayment mechanism

        

   

  Any prepayment pursuant to Clause 24.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment) shall be made in accordance with the relevant
    provisions of Clause 7 (Prepayment and Cancellation) and shall be treated as a voluntary prepayment pursuant to Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment of Loan); however, the
    application of such prepayment should be on a pro rata basis against the outstanding Repayment Instalments (including the Balloon Instalment).

   

  	24.7	
          Provision of valuations

        

   

  	(a)	
          The Lender shall at such times as the Lender shall deem necessary and, in any event, at least once during each calendar year, following the date of this Agreement, be provided with a valuation of the Ship and any
            other vessel over which additional Security has been created in accordance with Clause 24.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment) to determine its Market Value, an Approved Valuer and on dates
            to be selected by the Lender, to enable the Lender to determine the Market Value of the Ship or any other vessel and for the purposes of determining the relevant percentage referred to in Clause 24 (Security
              Cover).

        

   

  	(b)	
          The cost of the valuations referred to in paragraph (a) above shall be borne by the Borrower but no more than four times in each calendar year unless an Event of Default has occurred which is continuing in which
            case the cost of all valuations shall be borne by the Borrower.

        

   

  	24.8	
          Release of additional security

        

   

  If the Security Cover Ratio set out in Clause 24.1 (Minimum required security cover) shall at the relevant time exceed the percentage
    required pursuant to Clause 24.1 (Minimum required security cover) and the Borrower shall have previously provided further security pursuant to this Clause 24 (Security Cover),
    the Lender, after receiving a notice from the Borrower to do so (such notice to include evidence, at the cost of the Borrower, satisfactory to the Lender that the ratio specified in Clause 24.1 (Minimum required
      security cover) has been maintained (without taking into account the additional security which the Borrowers requests to be released) for a period of 60 consecutive days (or a shorter period as the Lender may accept) prior to such notice)
    will, subject to being indemnified to its satisfaction against the cost of doing so, irrevocably and unconditionally release any such further security specified by the Borrower to the extent that the relevant ratio shall continue to be at least the
    percentage required pursuant to Clause 24.1 (Minimum required security cover) at the relevant time following such release provided that at the relevant time no Event of
    Default has occurred and is continuing or will result from such release.

   

  	25	
          ACCOUNTS AND APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

        

   

  	25.1	
          Accounts

        

   

  The Borrower may not, without the prior consent of the Lender, maintain any bank account other than the Accounts.

   

  	25.2	
          Payment of Earnings

        

   

  The Borrower shall ensure that:

   

  
    82

    
      

  

  	(a)	
          subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment, all the Earnings are paid into the Operating Account; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          all Hedge Receipts are paid into the Operating Account.

        

   

  	25.3	
          Application of Earnings

        

   

  	(a)	
          The Borrower shall procure that there is transferred from the Operating Account to the Lender:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          on each Repayment Date, the amount of the Repayment Instalment then due on that Repayment Date;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          on the last day of each Interest Period, the amount of interest then due on that date; and

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          on any day on which an amount is otherwise due from the Borrower under a Finance Document, an amount necessary to meet that due amount,

        

   

  and the Borrower irrevocably authorises and instructs:

   

  	

        	(A)	
          the Account Bank to make those transfers;

        

   

  	

        	(B)	
          the Lender to apply the transferred amounts in payment of the relevant Repayment Instalment, interest amount or other amount due.

        

   

  	(b)	
          The Earnings standing to the credit of the Operating Account shall, subject to the terms of the Account Security in respect of the Operating Account, be available to, and may be withdrawn by, the Borrower
            throughout the Security Period, unless there is an Event of Default which is continuing or unless an Event of Default would result from the withdrawal of any such balance (or any part thereof) from the Operating Account.

        

   

  	25.4	
          Location of Accounts

        

   

  The Borrower shall promptly:

   

  	(a)	
          comply with any requirement of the Lender as to the location or relocation of either Account; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          execute any documents which the Lender specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Lender Security over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) either Account.

        

   

  	26	
          EVENTS OF DEFAULT

        

   

  	26.1	
          General

        

   

  Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 26 (Events of Default) is an Event of Default except for Clause 26.21 (Acceleration) and Clause 26.22 (Enforcement of security).

   

  	26.2	
          Non-payment

        

   

  A Transaction Obligor or a Third Party Manager does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is
    expressed to be payable unless:

   

  
    83

    
      

  

  	(a)	
           its failure to pay is caused by:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          administrative or technical error; or

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          a Disruption Event; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date or the date of demand.

        

   

  	26.3	
          Specific obligations

        

   

  A breach occurs of Clause 4.4 (Waiver of conditions precedent), 20 (Financial Covenants),
    Clause 21.10 (Title), Clause 21.11 (Negative pledge), Clause 21.20 (Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled),
    21.22 (Pledged deposit), 21.28 (No change of CEO), Clause 22.2 (Maintenance of obligatory insurances), Clause 22.3 (Terms of obligatory insurances), Clause 22.5 (Renewal of obligatory insurances) or save to the extent such breach is a failure to pay and therefore subject to Clause 26.2 (Non-payment) and Clause 24 (Security Cover).

   

  	26.4	
          Other obligations

        

   

  	(a)	
          A Transaction Obligor or a Third Party Manager does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 26.2 (Non-payment) and
            Clause 26.3 (Specific obligations)).

        

   

  	(b)	
          No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 10 Business Days of the Lender giving notice to the Borrower or (if earlier) any
            Transaction Obligor or any Third Party Manager becoming aware of the failure to comply.

        

   

  	26.5	
          Misrepresentation

        

   

  Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by a Transaction Obligor or a Third Party Manager in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on
    behalf of any Transaction Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to be made.

   

  	26.6	
          Cross default

        

   

  	(a)	
          Any Financial Indebtedness of any Transaction Obligor is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

        

   

  	(b)	
          Any Financial Indebtedness of any Transaction Obligor is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

        

   

  	(c)	
          Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any Transaction Obligor is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any Transaction Obligor as a result of an event of default (however described).

        

   

  	(d)	
          Any creditor of any Transaction Obligor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any Transaction Obligor due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of
            default (however described).

        

   

  
    84

    
      

  

  	(e)	
          No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 26.6 (Cross default) in respect of the Guarantor if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling
            within paragraphs (a) to (d) above is less than in relation to the Guarantor $5,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency).

        

   

  	26.7	
          Insolvency

        

   

  	(a)	
          A Transaction Obligor or a Third Party Manager:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          is deemed to, or is declared to, be unable to pay its debts under applicable law;

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          suspends or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts; or

        

   

  	

        	(iv)	
          by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (excluding the Lender in its capacity as such) with a view to rescheduling any of its
            indebtedness.

        

   

  	(b)	
          The value of the assets of any Transaction Obligor is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

        

   

  	(c)	
          A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Transaction Obligor. If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

        

   

  	26.8	
          Insolvency proceedings

        

   

  	(a)	
          Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, seeking bankruptcy protection, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or
            otherwise) of any Transaction Obligor or any Third Party Manager;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Transaction Obligor or any Third Party Manager;

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Transaction Obligor or any Third Party Manager or any of its
            assets; or

        

   

  	

        	(iv)	
          enforcement of any Security over any assets of any Transaction Obligor or any Third Party Manager,

        

   

  or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

   

  	(b)	
          Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any winding-up petition or other proceeding which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 14 days of commencement.

        

   

  
    85

    
      

  

  	26.9	
          Creditors’ process

        

   

  Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution (or any analogous process in any jurisdiction) affects any asset or assets of a Transaction Obligor (other
    than an arrest or detention of the Ship referred to in Clause 26.14 (Arrest)) and is not discharged within 10 days.

   

  	26.10	
          Ownership

        

   

  The Borrower ceases to be 100% directly owned by the Guarantor.

   

  	26.11	
          Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking

        

   

  	(a)	
          It is or becomes unlawful for a Transaction Obligor or a Third Party Manager to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.

        

   

  	(b)	
          Any obligation of a Transaction Obligor a Third Party Manager under the Finance Documents is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable.

        

   

  	(c)	
          Any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or to be continuing or is or purports to be determined or any Transaction Security is alleged by a party to it (other than the Lender) to be ineffective.

        

   

  	(d)	
          Any Transaction Security proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, any other Security.

        

   

  	26.12	
          Security imperilled

        

   

  Any Security created or intended to be created by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy.

   

  	26.13	
          Cessation of business

        

   

  Any Transaction Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business.

   

  	26.14	
          Arrest

        

   

  Any arrest of the Ship or its detention in the exercise or the purported exercise of any lien or claim unless it is redelivered to the full control of the Borrower
      within 14 days of such arrest or detention.

   

  	26.15	
          Expropriation

        

   

  	(a)	
          The authority or ability of any Transaction Obligor or any Third Party Manager to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention,
            restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any Transaction Obligor or any of its assets, other than:

        

   

  	(b)	
          an arrest or detention of the Ship referred to in Clause 26.14 (Arrest); or

        

   

  	(c)	
          any Requisition.

        

   

  
    86

    
      

  

  	26.16	
          Repudiation and rescission of agreements

        

   

  A Transaction Obligor (or any other relevant party) rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Transaction Document or any of the Transaction
    Security or evidences an intention to rescind or repudiate a Transaction Document or any Transaction Security or a Transaction Document or any of the Transaction Security otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason.

   

  	26.17	
          Litigation

        

   

  Any litigation, arbitration or administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or any investigations of, or before, any court, arbitral body or
    agency are commenced or threatened, or any judgment or order of a court, arbitral body, agency or tribunal or other tribunal or any order or sanction of any governmental or other regulatory body is made, in relation to any of the Transaction Documents
    or the transactions contemplated in any of the Transaction Documents or against any member of the Group or their assets which if adversely determined:

   

  	(a)	
          has a Material Adverse Effect; or

        

   

  	(b)	
          is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect,

        

   

  unless (i) the relevant member of the Group has taken active measures to dispute such proceedings or disputes and such proceedings or disputes are dismissed or withdrawn within 14
    days of being made or presented, or (ii) the combined value of such proceedings or disputes in respect of such member of the Group (other than a Borrower) does not exceed $1,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) in aggregate.

   

  	26.18	
          Material adverse change

        

   

  Any event or circumstance occurs which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

   

  	26.19	
          Termination of Existing Charter

        

   

  The Existing Charter is terminated or rescinded or for any reason ceases to remain in full force and effect prior to its contractual termination date without the prior consent
    of the Lender.

   

  	26.20	
          Sanctions

        

   

  	(a)	
          Any of the Transaction Obligors, any Third Party Manager or a member of the Group becomes a Prohibited Person or becomes owned or controlled by, or acts directly or indirectly on behalf of, a Prohibited Person or
            any of such persons becomes the owner or controller of a Prohibited Person.

        

   

  	(b)	
          Any proceeds of the Loan is made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person or otherwise is, directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by
            Sanctions.

        

   

  	(c)	
          Any Transaction Obligor or any Third Party Manager or a member of the Group is not in compliance with all Sanctions.

        

   

  
    87

    
      

  

  	26.21	
          Replacement of Third Party Manager

        

   

  No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 26 (Events of Default) in respect of a Third Party Manager if the Borrower replaces such Third Party Manager
    by another Approved Manager and delivers to the Lender the documents referred to at paragraph 2.4 of Part B of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) within 10 Business Days from the date of such occurrence.

   

  	26.22	
          Acceleration

        

   

  On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Lender may by notice to the Borrower:

   

  	(a)	
          cancel the Commitment, whereupon it shall immediately be cancelled;

        

   

  	(b)	
          declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon it shall become immediately
            due and payable; and/or

        

   

  	(c)	
          declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, whereupon it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Lender,

        

   

  and the Lender may serve notices under paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above simultaneously or on different dates and the Lender may take any action referred to in Clause 26.22 (Enforcement of security) if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of any of such notice.

   

  	26.23	
          Enforcement of security

        

   

  On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Lender may take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served
    under Clause 26.21 (Acceleration), the Lender is entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law or regulation.

   

  
    88

    
      

  

  SECTION 9

    

    CHANGES TO THE PARTIES

   

  	27	
          CHANGES TO THE LENDER

        

   

  	27.1	
          Assignment by the Lender

        

   

  Subject to this Clause 27 (Changes to the Lender), the Lender (the “Existing Lender”) may assign
    all (but not part) of its rights under the Finance Documents to another person other than an individual (the “New Lender”).

   

  	27.2	
          Conditions of assignment

        

   

  	(a)	
          The consent of the Borrower is required for an assignment by the Existing Lender, unless the assignment is:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          to financial institution or bank which:

        

   

  	

        	(A)	
          has a dedicated ship finance lending desk and business; and

        

   

  	

        	(B)	
          is not a trust or fund or pension fund or insurance company or another entity engaged in or established for the purposes of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          to an Affiliate of the Existing Lender;

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          if the Existing Lender is a fund, to a fund which is a Related Fund; or

        

   

  	

        	(iv)	
          made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing.

        

   

  	(b)	
          The consent of the Borrower to an assignment must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  The Borrower will be deemed to have given its consent ten Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it
            unless consent is expressly refused by the Borrower within that time.

        

   

  	(c)	
          If:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          the Existing Lender assigns any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment or change occurs, a Transaction Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or the Existing Lender acting through its new Facility
            Office under Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities) or under that clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document or Clause 13 (Increased
              Costs),

        

   

  then the New Lender or the Existing Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing
    Lender would have been if the assignment or change had not occurred.

   

  	(d)	
          Each Obligor on behalf of itself and each Transaction Obligor agrees that all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Existing Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are
            assigned to the New Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Existing Lender’s title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower or any other Transaction Obligor had against the Existing Lender.

        

   

  
    89

    
      

  

  	(e)	
          No costs or expenses in relation to such an assignment or transfer shall be borne by any Transaction Obligor.

        

   

  	27.3	
          Security over Lender’s rights

        

   

  In addition to the other rights provided to the Lender under this Clause 27 (Changes to the Lender), the Lender may without consulting
    with or obtaining consent from any Transaction Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of the
    Lender including, without limitation:

   

  	(a)	
          any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          if the Lender is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by the Lender as security for those
            obligations or securities,

        

   

  except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

   

  	

        	(i)	
          release the Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents;
            or

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          require any payments to be made by a Transaction Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the Lender under the Finance
            Documents.

        

   

  	28	
          CHANGES TO THE TRANSACTION OBLIGORS

        

   

  	28.1	
          Assignment or transfer by Transaction Obligors

        

   

  No Transaction Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

   

  	28.2	
          Additional Subordinated Creditors

        

   

  	(a)	
          The Borrower may request that any person becomes a Subordinated Creditor, with the prior approval of the Lender, by delivering to the Lender:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          a duly executed Subordination Deed;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          a duly executed Subordinated Debt Security; and

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          such constitutional documents, corporate authorisations and other documents and matters as the Lender may reasonably require, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, to verify that the person’s
            obligations are legally binding, valid and enforceable and to satisfy any applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

        

   

  
    90

    
      

  

  	(b)	
          A person referred to in paragraph (a) above will become a Subordinated Creditor on the date the Lender enters into the Subordination Deed and the Subordinated Debt Security is delivered under paragraph (a) above.

        

   

  
    91

    
      

  

  SECTION 10

    

    ADMINISTRATION

   

  	29	
          PAYMENT MECHANICS

        

   

  	29.1	
          Payments to the Lender

        

   

  	(a)	
          On each date on which a Transaction Obligor is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Transaction Obligor shall make an amount equal to such payment available to the Lender (unless a contrary
            indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Lender as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

        

   

  	(b)	
          Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in such Participating Member State or London, as
            specified by the Lender) and with such bank as the Lender, in each case, specifies.

        

   

  	29.2	
          Application of receipts; partial payments

        

   

  	(a)	
          If the Lender receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Lender may apply that payment towards the
            obligations of that Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents in any manner it may decide.

        

   

  	(b)	
          Paragraph (a) above will override any appropriation made by a Transaction Obligor.

        

   

  	29.3	
          No set-off by Transaction Obligors

        

   

  All payments to be made by a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any
    deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

   

  	29.4	
          Business Days

        

   

  	(a)	
          Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business
            Day (if there is not).

        

   

  	(b)	
          During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or an Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

        

   

  	29.5	
          Currency of account

        

   

  	(a)	
          Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from a Transaction Obligor under any Finance Document.

        

   

  	(b)	
          Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

        

   

  
    92

    
      

  

  	(c)	
          Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

        

   

  	29.6	
          Change of currency

        

   

  	(a)	
          Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that
            country designated by the Lender (after consultation with the Borrower); and

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded
            up or down by the Lender (acting reasonably).

        

   

  	(b)	
          If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Lender (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrower) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any
            generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

        

   

  	29.7	
          Currency conversion

        

   

  The obligations of any Transaction Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs
    of conversion.

   

  	29.8	
          Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

        

   

  If either the Lender determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Lender is notified by the Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:

   

  	(a)	
          the Lender may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrower, consult with the Borrower with a view to agreeing with the Borrower such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Lender
            may deem necessary in the circumstances;

        

   

  	(b)	
          the Lender shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrower in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event,
            shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

        

   

  	(c)	
          any such changes agreed upon by the Lender and the Borrower shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties and any Transaction Obligors as an
            amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents;

        

   

  	(d)	
          the Lender shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other
            category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Lender) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 29.8 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.).

        

   

  
    93

    
      

  

  	30	
          SET-OFF

        

   

  The Lender may set off any matured obligation due from a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by the Lender) against any matured
    obligation owed by the Lender to that Transaction Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Lender may convert either obligation at a market rate of
    exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

   

  	31	
          CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE LENDER

        

   

  No provision of this Agreement will:

   

  	(a)	
          interfere with the right of the Lender to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

        

   

  	(b)	
          oblige the Lender to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

        

   

  	(c)	
          oblige the Lender to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

        

   

  	32	
          BAIL-IN

        

   

  Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the parties to a Finance Document, each Party acknowledges
    and accepts that any liability of any party to a Finance Document under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

   

  	(a)	
          any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          a cancellation of any such liability; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

        

   

  	33	
          NOTICES

        

   

  	33.1	
          Communications in writing

        

   

  Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax, email or letter.

   

  
    94

    
      

  

  	33.2	
          Addresses

        

   

  The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be
    made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents are:

   

  	(a)	
          in the case of the Borrower, that specified in Schedule 1 (The Parties); and

        

   

  	(b)	
          in the case of any other Transaction Obligor or the Lender, that specified in Schedule 1 (The Parties) or, if it becomes a Party after the date of this Agreement, that
            notified in writing to the Lender on or before the date on which it becomes a Party;

        

   

  or any substitute address, fax number or department or officer as that Transaction Obligor may notify to the Lender (or the Lender may notify to the other Parties, if a change
    is made by the Lender) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

   

  	33.3	
          Delivery

        

   

  	(a)	
          Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,

        

   

  and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 33.2 (Addresses), if
    addressed to that department or officer.

   

  	(b)	
          Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Lender will be effective only when actually received by it and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer of
            the Lender specified in Schedule 1 (The Parties) (or any substitute department or officer as the Lender shall specify for this purpose).

        

   

  	(c)	
          Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrower in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Transaction Obligors.

        

   

  	(d)	
          Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (c) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

        

   

  	33.4	
          Electronic communication

        

   

  	(a)	
          Any communication to be made or document to be delivered by one Party to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made or delivered by electronic mail or other electronic means (including,
            without limitation, by way of posting to a secure website) if those two Parties:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means; and

        

   

  
    95

    
      

  

  	

        	(ii)	
          notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

        

   

  	(b)	
          Any such electronic communication or delivery as specified in paragraph (a) above to be made between an Obligor and the Lender may only be made in that way to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless
            and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication or delivery.

        

   

  	(c)	
          Any such electronic communication or document as specified in paragraph (a) above made or delivered by one Party to another will be effective only when actually received (or made available) in readable form and
            in the case of any electronic communication or document made or delivered by a Party to the Lender only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Lender shall specify for this purpose.

        

   

  	(d)	
          Any electronic communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (c) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place in which the Party to whom the relevant communication or document is sent or
            made available has its address for the purpose of this Agreement shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

        

   

  	(e)	
          Any reference in a Finance Document to a communication being sent or received or a document being delivered shall be construed to include that communication or document being made available in accordance with
            this Clause 33.4 (Electronic communication).

        

   

  	33.5	
          English language

        

   

  	(a)	
          Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

        

   

  	(b)	
          All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          in English; or

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          if not in English, and if so required by the Lender, accompanied by a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Lender and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless
            the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

        

   

  	33.6	
          Hedging Agreement

        

   

  Notwithstanding anything in Clause 1.1 (Definitions), references to the Finance Documents or a Finance Document in this Clause do not include any Hedging Agreement entered into
    by the Borrower in connection with the Facility.

   

  	34	
          CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

        

   

  	34.1	
          Accounts

        

   

  In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by the Lender are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

   

  
    96

    
      

  

  	34.2	
          Certificates and determinations

        

   

  Any certification or determination by the Lender of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which
    it relates.

   

  	34.3	
          Day count convention

        

   

  Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of
    360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

   

  	35	
          PARTIAL INVALIDITY

        

   

  If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality,
    validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions under the law of that jurisdiction nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

   

  	36	
          REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

        

   

  	(a)	
          No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Lender or any Receiver or Delegate, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or
            constitute an election to affirm any Finance Document. No election to affirm any Finance Document on the part of the Lender or any Receiver or Delegate shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or
            remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in each Finance Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

        

   

  	(b)	
          No variation or amendment of a Finance Document shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the Lender.

        

   

  	37	
          ENTIRE AGREEMENT

        

   

  	(a)	
          This Agreement, in conjunction with the other Finance Documents, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes all previous agreements, understandings and arrangements between them, whether
            in writing or oral, in respect of its subject matter.

        

   

  	(b)	
          Each Obligor acknowledges that it has not entered into this Agreement or any other Finance Document in reliance on, and shall have no remedies in respect of, any representation or warranty that is not expressly
            set out in this Agreement or in any other Finance Document.

        

   

  	38	
          SETTLEMENT OR DISCHARGE CONDITIONAL

        

   

  Any settlement or discharge under any Finance Document between the Lender and any Transaction Obligor shall be conditional upon no security or payment to the Lender by any
    Transaction Obligor or any other person being set aside, adjusted or ordered to be repaid, whether under any insolvency law or otherwise.

   

  
    97

    
      

  

  	39	
          IRREVOCABLE PAYMENT

        

   

  If the Lender considers that an amount paid or discharged by, or on behalf of, a Transaction Obligor or by any other person in purported payment or discharge of an obligation of
    that Transaction Obligor to the Lender under the Finance Documents is capable of being avoided or otherwise set aside on the liquidation or administration of that Transaction Obligor or otherwise, then that amount shall not be considered to have been
    unconditionally and irrevocably paid or discharged for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

   

  	40	
          CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

        

   

  	40.1	
          Confidentiality

        

   

  The Lender agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 40.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

   

  	40.2	
          Disclosure of Confidential Information

        

   

  The Lender may disclose:

   

  	(a)	
          to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, insurers, insurance advisors, insurance brokers, partners and Representatives
            such Confidential Information as the Lender shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of
            such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is
            otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

        

   

  	(b)	
          to any person:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          to (or through) whom it assigns (or may potentially assign) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives
            and professional advisers;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be
            made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Transaction Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          appointed by the Lender or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on
            its behalf;

        

   

  	

        	(iv)	
          who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above;

        

   

  
    98

    
      

  

  	

        	(v)	
          to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant
            stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

        

   

  	

        	(vi)	
          to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitrations, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

        

   

  	

        	(vii)	
          to whom or for whose benefit the Lender charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 27.3 (Security over Lender’s rights);

        

   

  	

        	(viii)	
          who is a Party, a member of the Group or any related entity of a Transaction Obligor;

        

   

  	

        	(ix)	
          as a result of the registration of any Finance Document as contemplated by any Finance Document or any legal opinion obtained in connection with any Finance Document; or

        

   

  	

        	(x)	
          with the consent of the Borrower,

        

   

  in each case, such Confidential Information as the Lender shall consider appropriate if:

   

  	

        	(A)	
          in relation to sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be
            no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

        

   

  	

        	(B)	
          in relation to sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of
            confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

        

   

  	

        	(C)	
          in relation to sub-paragraphs (v), (vi) and (vii) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such
            Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Lender, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;

        

   

  	(c)	
          to any person appointed by the Lender or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance
            Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the
            services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered in to a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use
            With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrower and the Lender;

        

   

  
    99

    
      

  

  	(d)	
          to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to
            the Finance Documents and/or the Transaction Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive
            information.

        

   

  	40.3	
          DAC6

        

   

  Nothing in any Finance Document shall prevent disclosure of any Confidential Information or other matter to the extent that preventing that disclosure would otherwise cause any
    transaction contemplated by the Finance Documents or any transaction carried out in connection with any transaction contemplated by the Finance Documents to become an arrangement described in Part II A 1 of Annex IV of
    Directive 2011/16/EU.

   

  	40.4	
          Entire agreement

        

   

  This Clause 40 (Confidential Information) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the
    Lender under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

   

  	40.5	
          Inside information

        

   

  The Lender acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or
    prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Lender undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

   

  	40.6	
          Notification of disclosure

        

   

  The Lender agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Borrower:

   

  	(a)	
          of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to sub‐paragraph (v) of paragraph (b) of Clause 40.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information)
            except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 40 (Confidential Information).

        

   

  	40.7	
          Continuing obligations

        

   

  The obligations in this Clause 40 (Confidential Information) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on the
    Lender for a period of 12 months from the earlier of:

   

  	(a)	
          the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and the Commitment has been cancelled or otherwise ceased to be available; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          the date on which the Lender otherwise ceases to be the Lender.

        

   

  
    100

    
      

  

  	41	
          CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES

        

   

  	41.1	
          Confidentiality and disclosure

        

   

  Each Obligor agrees to keep each Funding Rate confidential and not to disclose it to anyone.

   

  	41.2	
          Related obligations

        

   

  	(a)	
          Each Obligor acknowledges that each Funding Rate is or may be price sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider
            dealing and market abuse and each Obligor undertakes not to use any Funding Rate for any unlawful purpose.

        

   

  	(b)	
          Each Obligor agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Lender:

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to Clause 41.1 (Confidentiality and disclosure) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to
            in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 41 (Confidentiality of Funding Rates).

        

   

  	41.3	
          No Event of Default

        

   

  No Event of Default will occur under Clause 26.4 (Other obligations) by reason only of an Obligor’s failure to comply with this
    Clause 41 (Confidentiality of Funding Rates).

   

  	42	
          AMENDMENTS

        

   

  	42.1	
          Replacement of Screen Rate

        

   

  If a Screen Rate Replacement Event has occurred in relation to the Screen Rate for Dollars,
    any amendment or waiver which relates to:

   

  	(a)	
          providing for the use of a Replacement Benchmark in relation to that currency in place of that Screen Rate; and

        

   

  (b)

   

  	

        	(i)	
          aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Benchmark;

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          enabling that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Benchmark to be
            used for the purposes of this Agreement);

        

   

  	

        	(iii)	
          implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Benchmark;

        

   

  	

        	(iv)	
          providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Benchmark; or

        

   

  	

        	(v)	
          adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Benchmark (and if
            any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation),

        

   

  
    101

    
      

  

  may be made with the consent of the Lender and the Borrower.

   

  	(c)	
          If, as at 1 January 2023, this Agreement provides that the rate of interest for the Loan in dollars is to be determined by reference to the Screen Rate for LIBOR, the Lender and the Borrower shall enter into
              negotiations in good faith with a view to agreeing the use of a Replacement Benchmark in relation to dollars in place of that Screen Rate from and including a date no later than 30 June 2023.

        

   

  	42.2	
          Obligor intent

        

   

  Without prejudice to the generality of Clauses 1.2 (Construction) and 17.4 (Waiver of defences),

    each Obligor expressly confirms that it intends that any guarantee contained in this Agreement or any other Finance Document and any Security created by any Finance Document shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental) variation,
    increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature;
    increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of
    the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

   

  	43	
          COUNTERPARTS

        

   

  Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance
    Document.

   

  
    102

    
      

  

  SECTION 11

    

    GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

   

  	44	
          GOVERNING LAW

        

   

  This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

   

  	45	
          ENFORCEMENT

        

   

  	45.1	
          Jurisdiction

        

   

  	(a)	
          Unless specifically provided in another Finance Document in relation to that Finance Document, the courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with any
            Finance Document (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of any Finance Document or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document) (a “Dispute”).

        

   

  	(b)	
          The Obligors accept that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Obligor will argue to the contrary.

        

   

  	(c)	
          This Clause 45.1 (Jurisdiction) is for the benefit of the Lender only. As a result, the Lender shall not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any
            other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Lender may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

        

   

  	45.2	
          Service of process

        

   

  	(a)	
          Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (and the Obligors shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor, other than a Transaction Obligor incorporated in
            England and Wales):

        

   

  	

        	(i)	
          irrevocably appoints Shoreside Agents Ltd, presently at 11 The Timber Yard, Drysdale Street, London, N1 6ND (T: +44 (0)20 3771 8869, M: + 44 (0) 7591 440086, F: +44 (0)20 3771 8870, attention: Andrew Johnson) as

            its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and

        

   

  	

        	(ii)	
          agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Transaction Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

        

   

  	(b)	
          If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Borrower (on behalf of all the Transaction Obligors) must immediately (and in any
            event within 5 days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Lender. Failing this, the Lender may appoint another agent for this purpose.

        

   

  This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

   

  
    103

    
      

  

  SCHEDULE 1

    

    THE PARTIES

   

  PART A

    

    THE OBLIGORS

   

  
    	
            Name of Borrower

          	
            Place of Incorporation

          	
            Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

          	

          	
            Address for Communication

          
	

          	

          	

          	

          	

          
	
            World Shipping Co.

          	
            Republic of the Marshall Islands

          	
            109649

          	

          	
            c/o 154 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 166 74 Glyfada, Greece

             

            Attention: Stamatios Tsantanis/ Stavros Gyftakis

             

            Email sgyftakis@seanergy.gr

            finance@seanergy.gr

             

            Tel.: +30 213 0181507

          
	
            Name of Guarantor

          	
            Place of Incorporation

          	
            Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

          	

          	
            Address for Communication

          
	

          	

          	

          	

          	

          
	
            Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

          	
            Republic of the Marshall Islands

          	
            27721

          	

          	
            c/o 154 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 166 74 Glyfada, Greece

             

            Attention: Stamatios Tsantanis/ Stavros Gyftakis

             

            Email sgyftakis@seanergy.gr

            finance@seanergy.gr

             

            Tel.: +30 213 0181507

          

  

   

  
    104

    
      

  

  PART B

    

    THE ORIGINAL LENDER

   

  	
          Name of Original Lender

        	
          Address for Communication

        
	

        	

        
	
          PIRAEUS BANK S.A.

        	
          170, Alexandras Avenue

            11521 Athens

            Greece

           

          

          Fax No: +30 210 3739783

           

          

          For the attention of the manager

           

          

          Email: shipping@piraeusbank.gr

        

  

  

  
    105

    
      

  

  SCHEDULE 2

    

    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

   

  PART A

    

    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO UTILISATION REQUEST

   

  	1	
          Transaction Obligors

        

   

  	1.1	
          A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor.

        

   

  	1.2	
          An original of a resolution of the board of directors of each Obligor (in the case of the Guarantor a certified copy of such resolutions):

        

   

  	(a)	
          approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

        

   

  	(b)	
          authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

        

   

  	(c)	
          authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, the Utilisation Request and each Selection Notice) to be signed and/or
            despatched by it under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

        

   

  	1.3	
          An original of the power of attorney of any Obligor authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

        

   

  	1.4	
          A specimen of the signature or copy of the passport of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.2 above.

        

   

  	1.5	
          A copy of a resolution signed by the holder(s) of the issued shares in each Obligor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which that Transaction Obligor is a
            party.

        

   

  	1.6	
          Up-to-date certificates of goodstanding in respect of each Obligor.

        

   

  	1.7	
          An original certificate of each Obligor (signed by a director and/or officer) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Commitment would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit
            binding on that Transaction Obligor to be exceeded.

        

   

  	1.8	
          An original certificate of each Obligor that is incorporated outside the UK (signed by a director) certifying either that (i) it has not delivered particulars of any UK Establishment
            to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or (ii) it has a UK Establishment and specifying the name and registered number under which it is registered with the Registrar of Companies.

        

   

  	1.9	
          An original certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor confirming the names and offices of all the directors of that Transaction Obligor and certifying that each copy document relating to it
            specified in this Part A of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement and as at the Utilisation Date (as
            applicable).

        

   

  
    106

    
      

  

  	1.10	
          Up-to-date certificates of goodstanding and certificate of establishment in Greece (if applicable) in respect of any Approved Manager which is not a Third Party Manager.

        

   

  	2	
          Finance Documents

        

   

  	2.1	
          If applicable, duly executed original of the Subordination Deed and copies of each Subordinated Finance Document.

        

   

  	2.2	
          A duly executed original of any Finance Document not otherwise referred to in this Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent).

        

   

  	2.3	
          A duly executed original of any other document required to be delivered by each Finance Document if not otherwise referred to this Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent).

        

   

  	3	
          Security Documents

        

   

  	3.1	
          A duly executed original of each Account Security and the Shares Security (and of each document to be delivered under each of them).

        

   

  	3.2	
          A duly executed original of the Subordinated Debt Security.

        

   

  	4	
          Legal opinions

        

   

  	4.1	
          A legal opinion of Watson Farley & Williams, legal advisers to the Lender in England, substantially in the form obtained by the Lender before signing this Agreement.

        

   

  	4.2	
          If a Transaction Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Lender in the Relevant Jurisdiction, substantially in the form obtained by the
            Lender before signing this Agreement.

        

   

  	4.3	
          A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Lender in the jurisdiction of the Approved Flag in which the Ship is registered, the jurisdiction of each Account and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Lender
            may require, substantially in the form obtained before signing this Agreement.

        

   

  	5	
          Other documents and evidence

        

   

  	5.1	
          A valuation of the Ship, at the Borrower’s cost, addressed to the Lender, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 20 days before the Utilisation Date from an Approved Valuer
            which shows that the amount of the Loan to be advance does not exceed 50 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ship.

        

   

  	5.2	
          A copy of the Existing Charter duly executed by the parties thereto and of each document delivered pursuant to it, together with such documentary evidence as the Lender and its legal advisers may require in
            relation to the due authorisation and execution of the Existing Charter by each of the parties thereto.

        

   

  	5.3	
          Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 45.2 (Service of process), if not a Transaction Obligor, has accepted its appointment.

        

   

  
    107

    
      

  

  	5.4	
          A declaration of compliance in the agreed form given by the Borrower and addressed to the Lender undertaking the Borrower is, on the date of the declaration and shall, at all times during the Security Period,
            remain, compliant in all respects with all legislation and regulations in any Relevant Jurisdiction relating to the payment of master and crew wages, social costs and employment protection provisions generally.

        

   

  	5.5	
          A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Lender considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into
            and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Transaction Document.

        

   

  	5.6	
          The original of any mandates or other documents required in connection with the opening or operation of the each Account and Safekeeping Securities Account(s).

        

   

  	5.7	
          Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 11 (Fees) and Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses)
            have been paid or will be paid by the Utilisation Date.

        

   

  	5.8	
          Such evidence as the Lender may require, prior to the execution of this Agreement, for it to be able to satisfy its “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions
            contemplated by the Finance Documents.

        

   

  	5.9	
          Copies of the Original Financial Statements.

        

   

  
    108

    
      

  

  PART B

    

    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO UTILISATION

   

  	1	
          Transaction Obligors

        

   

  A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor certifying that each copy document which it is required to provide under this Part B of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at the Utilisation Date.

   

  	2	
          Ship and other security

        

   

  	2.1	
          A duly executed original of the General Assignment, the Charterparty Assignment in respect of the Existing Charter, the Manager’s Undertaking and of each document to be delivered under
            or pursuant to each of them.

        

   

  	2.2	
          A duly executed original of the Mortgage together with documentary evidence that (a) the Mortgage has been duly registered or recorded (as the case may be) as a valid first preferred
            or priority (as the case may be) ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction of its Approved Flag and (b) the Ship is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Borrower save as contemplated
            by the Finance Documents.

        

   

  	2.3	
          Documentary evidence that the Ship:

        

   

  	(a)	
          is definitively and permanently registered in the name of the Borrower under the Approved Flag;

        

   

  	(b)	
          maintains the Approved Classification with the Approved Classification Society free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of the Approved Classification Society; and

        

   

  	(c)	
          is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements in this Agreement in respect of insurances have been complied with.

        

   

  	2.4	
          Documents establishing that the Ship is managed commercially and technically by the Approved Commercial Manager and the Approved Technical Manager respectively on terms acceptable to the Lender, together with
            copies of the relevant Approved Manager’s Document of Compliance and of the Ship’s Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable Safety Management System which the Lender requires) and of any other documents
            required under the ISM Code and the ISPS Code in relation to the Ship including without limitation an ISSC and any other trading certificates and evidence in respect of the lightweight of the Ship.

        

   

  	2.5	
          An opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Lender on such matters relating to the Insurances as the Lender may require.

        

   

  	3	
          Legal opinions

        

   

  Legal opinions of the legal advisers to the Lender in the jurisdiction of the Approved Flag of the Ship and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Lender may require.

   

  
    109

    
      

  

  	4	
          Other documents and evidence

        

   

  	4.1	
          Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 11 (Fees) and Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses)
            have been paid or will be paid by the Utilisation Date.

        

   

  Evidence satisfactory to the Lender that the Pledged Deposit is standing to the credit of the Pledged Deposit Account in accordance with Clause 21.22 (Pledged deposit).

   

  	4.2	
          A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Lender considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into
            and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Transaction Document not previously supplied.

        

   

  
    110

    
      

  

  SCHEDULE 3

    

    REQUESTS

   

  PART A

    

    UTILISATION REQUEST

   

  From:    WORLD SHIPPING CO.

  Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road

    Ajeltake Island, Majuro

    Marshall Islands MH 96960

  as Borrower

   

  To:         PIRAEUS BANK S.A.

  170, Alexandras Avenue

    11521 Athens

    Greece

   

  as Lender

   

  Attention: Loans Administration

   

  Dated: [●] 2021

   

  Dear Sirs

   

  World Shipping Co. - $16,850,000 Facility Agreement dated [●] 2021 (the “Agreement”)

   

  	1	
          We refer to the Agreement. This is the Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

        

   

  	2	
          We wish to borrow the Loan on the following terms:

        

   

  	

        	Proposed Utilisation Date:	
          [●] 2021 (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)

        

   

  		Amount:

        	$[●]

  

  	

        	Interest Period:	[1][3][6] Months

  

  

  	

        	

        	_____________]

   

  

  	3	
          We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) and Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent)
            of the Agreement is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

        

   

  	4	
          The proceeds of the Loan should be applied as follows:

        

   

  	(a)	
          the amount of $850,000 shall be credited in the Pledged Deposit Account in satisfaction of our obligation under Clause 21.22 (Pledged deposit) of the Agreement;

        

   

  
    111

    
      

  

  	(b)	
          the amount of $[●] corresponding to the transaction fee shall be paid to the Lender in satisfaction of the Borrower’s obligation under Clause 11.1 (Transaction fee) of the Agreement; and

        

   

  	(c)	
           the balance of $[●] shall be credited to the Operating Account.

        

   

  	5	
          We further confirm no part of the proceeds of the Loan shall be used for the purpose of acquiring shares in the share capital of the Lender or other banks and/or financial institutions or acquiring hybrid capital
            debentures of the Lender or other banks and/or financial institutions.

        

   

  	6	
          This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

        

   

  Yours faithfully

  

  

  
    

  authorised signatory for

  WORLD SHIPPING CO.

   

  

  
    112

    
      

  

  PART B

    

    SELECTION NOTICE

  

  

  From:    WORLD SHIPPING CO.

  Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road

    Ajeltake Island, Majuro

    Marshall Islands MH 96960

   

  as Borrower

   

  To:         PIRAEUS BANK S.A.

  170, Alexandras Avenue

    11521 Athens

    Greece

   

  as Lender

   
    	

          	
            Dated: [●]

          

  

   

  Dear Sirs

   

  World Shipping Co. - $16,850,000  Facility Agreement dated [●] 2021 (the “Agreement”)

   

  	1	
          We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

        

   

  	2	
          We request that, subject to paragraph (f) of Clause 9.1 (Selection of Interest Periods) of the Agreement, the next Interest Period for the Loan be [1][3][6] Months.

        

   

  	3	
          This Selection Notice is irrevocable.

        

   

  Yours faithfully

   

  
    
      

  

  authorised signatory for

    WORLD SHIPPING CO.

  

  

  
    113

    
      

  

  SCHEDULE 4

    

    TIMETABLES

   

  
    	
            Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 (Delivery of the Utilisation Request)) or a Selection Notice (Clause 9.1 (Selection of Interest Periods))

          	 	
            Three Business Days before the intended Utilisation Date (Clause 5.1 (Delivery of the Utilisation Request)) or the expiry of the preceding Interest Period (Clause 9.1 (Selection of Interest
              Periods))

          
	

          	

          	

          
	
            LIBOR is fixed

          	

          	
            Quotation Day as of 11:00 am London time

          

    

  

  
    114

    
      

  

  SCHEDULE 5

    

    FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

   

  To:         PIRAEUS BANK S.A.

  170, Alexandras Avenue

    11521 Athens

    Greece

   

  as Lender

   

  From:    Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

   

   

  Dated: [●]

   

  Dear Sirs

   

  World Shipping Co.- $16,850,000 Facility Agreement dated [●] 2021 (the “Agreement”)

   

  	1	
          We refer to the Agreement.  This is a Compliance Certificate.  Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance
            Certificate.

        

   

  	2	
          We confirm that:

        

   

  	(a)	
          the Cash is $[●]; and

        

   

  	(b)	
          the Leverage Ratio is [●] per cent.

        

   

  	3	
          We confirm that no Default is continuing.

        

   

  
    	Signed:	

          	

          

  

  

  

  Officer of

  SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP.

   

  

  
    115

    
      

  

  EXECUTION PAGES

   

  BORROWER

   

  

  	
          SIGNED by Stavros Gyftakis

        	
          )

        
	
          for and on behalf of

        	
          )

        
	
          WORLD SHIPPING CO.

        	
          ) /s/ Stavros Gyftakis

        
	
          in the presence of:

        	
          )

        
	

        	

        
	
          Witness’ signature:

        	
          ) /s/ Maria Kalothetou

        
	
          Witness’ name:

        	
          ) Maria Kalothetou

        
	
          Witness’ address:

        	
          ) 154 Vouliagmenis Avenue

        
	 	
          16674 Glyfada, Athens Greece

        

  

  

  GUARANTOR

   

  

  	
          SIGNED by Stavros Gyftakis

        	
          )

        
	
          duly authorised

        	
          )

        
	
          for and on behalf of

        	
          ) /s/ Stavros Gyftakis

        
	
          SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP.

        	
          )

        
	
          in the presence of:

        	
          )

        
	

        	

        
	
          Witness’ signature:

        	
          ) /s/ Maria Kalothetou

        
	
          Witness’ name:

        	
          ) Maria Kalothetou

        
	
          Witness’ address:

        	
          ) 154 Vouliagmenis Avenue

        
	 	
          16674 Glyfada, Athens Greece

        

  

  

  ORIGINAL LENDER

   

  

  	
          SIGNED by

        	
          )

        
	
          and by

        	
          )

        
	
          duly authorised

        	
          ) /s/ Maria Stamatiou, /s/ Athanasios Doudoulas

        
	
          for and on behalf of

        	
          ) Maria Stamatiou, Athanasios Doudoulas

        
	
          PIRAEUS BANK S.A.

        	
          )

        
	
          in the presence of:

        	
          )

        
	

        	

        
	
          Witness’ signature:

        	
          ) /s/ Christopher Madoc-Jones

        
	
          Witness’ name:

        	
          ) Christopher Madoc-Jones

        
	
          Witness’ address:

        	
          ) 348 Syngrou Avenue, Kallithea 176 74

        
	 	
          Athens, Greece

        

  

  

  

  

  
    116Exhibit 4.62

  

  

  

  
    Dated 20 December 2021

     

    US$15,000,000

     

    TERM LOAN FACILITY

     

    SEA GENIUS SHIPPING CO.

    as Borrower

     

    and

     

    SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP.

    as Guarantor

     

    and

     

    SINOPAC CAPITAL INTERNATIONAL (HK) LIMITED

     

    as Original Lender

     

    FACILITY AGREEMENT

     

    relating to the financing of

     m.v. “Geniuship”

     

    

     
      

      

    

    
      
        

    

    Index

     

    
      	
              Clause

            	

            	
              Page

            
	 	 	 
	
              Section 1 Interpretation

            	
              2

            
	
              1

            	
              Definitions and Interpretation

            	
              2

            
	
              Section 2 The Facility

            	
              23

            
	
              2

            	
              The Facility

            	
              23

            
	
              3

            	
              Purpose

            	
              23

            
	
              4

            	
              Conditions of Utilisation

            	
              23

            
	
              Section 3 Utilisation

            	
              25

            
	
              5

            	
              Utilisation

            	
              25

            
	
              Section 4 Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation

            	
              27

            
	
              6

            	
              Repayment

            	
              27

            
	
              7

            	
              Prepayment and Cancellation

            	
              27

            
	
              Section 5 Costs of Utilisation

            	
              29

            
	
              8

            	
              Interest

            	
              29

            
	
              9

            	
              Interest Periods

            	
              30

            
	
              10

            	
              Changes to the Calculation of Interest

            	
              30

            
	
              11

            	
              Fees

            	
              31

            
	
              Section 6 Additional Payment Obligations

            	
              33

            
	
              12

            	
              Tax Gross Up and Indemnities

            	
              33

            
	
              13

            	
              Increased Costs

            	
              36

            
	
              14

            	
              Other Indemnities

            	
              38

            
	
              15

            	
              Mitigation by the Lender

            	
              40

            
	
              16

            	
              Costs and Expenses

            	
              41

            
	
              Section 7 Guarantee

            	42
	
              17

            	
              Guarantee and Indemnity

            	42
	
              Section 8 Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default

            	45
	
              18

            	
              Representations

            	45
	
              19

            	
              Information Undertakings

            	51
	
              20

            	
              General Undertakings

            	54
	
              21

            	
              Insurance Undertakings

            	60
	
              22

            	
              Ship Undertakings

            	65
	
              23

            	
              Security Cover

            	71
	
              24

            	
              Events of Default

            	72
	
              Section 9 Changes to the Parties

            	78
	
              25

            	
              Changes to the Lender

            	78
	
              26

            	
              Changes to the Transaction Obligors

            	79
	
              Section 10 Administration

            	81
	
              28

            	
              Payment Mechanics

            	81
	
              29

            	
              Set-Off

            	83
	
              30

            	
              Conduct of Business by the Lender

            	83
	
              31

            	
              Bail-In

            	83
	
              32

            	
              Notices

            	83
	
              33

            	
              Calculations and Certificates

            	85

            
	
              34

            	
              Partial Invalidity

            	86
	
              35

            	
              Remedies and Waivers

            	86
	
              36

            	
              Entire Agreement

            	86
	
              37

            	
              Settlement or Discharge Conditional

            	86
	
              38

            	
              Irrevocable Payment

            	86

      

      

      
        
          

      

      	
              39

            	
              Confidential Information

            	87
	
              40

            	
              Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Banks Quotations

            	89
	
              41

            	
              Amendments

            	91
	
              42

            	
              Counterparts

            	91
	
              Section 11 Governing Law and Enforcement

            	92
	
              43

            	
              Governing Law

            	92
	
              44

            	
              Enforcement

            	92
	 	 	 
	
              Schedules

            	 
	 	 	 
	
              Schedule 1 The Parties

            	93
	
              

              

            	
              Part A The Obligors

            	93
	

            	
              Part B The Original Lender

            	94
	
              Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent and Subsequent

            	95
	
              

              

            	
              Part A Conditions precedent to Utilisation Request

            	95
	
              Part B Conditions precedent to Utilisation

            	98
	
              

              

            	
              Part C Conditions Subsequent

            	100
	
              Schedule 3 Utilisation Request

            	101
	
              Schedule 4 Timetables

            	103
	
              Schedule 5 Form of Irrevocable Payment Instruction

            	104
	 	 	 
	
              Execution

            	 
	 	 	 
	
              Execution Pages

            	105

       

      

    

    
      
        

    

    THIS AGREEMENT is made on 20 December 2021.

     

    PARTIES

     

    	(1)	
            SEA GENIUS SHIPPING CO., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands (with registration number 71733) whose registered address is at the Trust
              Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, the Marshall Islands as borrower (the “Borrower”)

          

     

    	(2)	
            SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands (with registration number 27721) whose registered address is at the
              Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, Marshall Islands as guarantor (the “Guarantor “)

          

     

    	(3)	
            SINOPAC CAPITAL INTERNATIONAL (HK) LIMITED having its registered address at Suites 3306, 33F, Tower 1, The Gateway, 25 Canton Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong and
              acting through its office at 5F, No. 203, Bade Rd., Sec. 2, Taipei, Taiwan as lender (the “Original Lender”)

          

     

    BACKGROUND

     

    The Lender has agreed to make available to the Borrower a facility not exceeding the lesser of (i) $15,000,000 and (ii) 60 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ship
      for the purpose of refinancing the Ship.

     

    OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

     

    
      
        

    

    
    SECTION 1

     

    INTERPRETATION

     

    	1	
            DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

          

     

    	1.1	
            Definitions

          

     

    In this Agreement:

     

    “Affiliate” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of
      that Holding Company.

     

    “Approved Brokers” means Evmar Marine Inc., Arthur J. Gallagher & Co., Seascope Hellas S.A. and any firm or firms of insurance brokers
      approved in writing by the Lender.

     

    “Approved Classification” means A1, Bulk Carrier, (no
      MP), BC-A (Holds Nos. 2, 4, 6 & 8 may be empty, ESP, AMS, ACCU, CRC(I), TCM, UWILD with the Approved Classification Society or the equivalent classification with another Approved Classification Society.

     

    “Approved Classification Society” means American
      Bureau or any other classification society which a member of the International Association of Classification Societies is approved in writing by the Lender.

     

    “Approved Commercial Manager” means:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            Fidelity Marine Inc., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at the Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH 96960, Marshall
              Islands;

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            Seanergy Management Corp., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at the Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, Marshall
              Islands;

          

     

    	

          	(c)	
            or any other person approved in writing by the Lender as the commercial manager of the Ship.

          

     

    “Approved Flag” means the flag of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or such other flag and, if applicable, port of registry approved in
      writing by the Lender.

     

    “Approved Manager” means the Approved Commercial Manager or the Approved Technical Manager.

     

    “Approved Technical Manager” means:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            V.Ships Limited, a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of Cyprus whose registered office is at Zenas Gunther, 16-18, Agia Triada, 3035 Limassol, Cyprus; or

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            Seanergy Shipmanagement Corp., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at the Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960,
              Marshall Islands;

          

     

    
      2

      
        

    

    	

          	(c)	
            or any other person approved in writing by the Lender as the technical manager of that Ship.

          

     

    “Approved Valuer” means Clarksons, Maersk Broker, Simpsons Spence and Young, Howe Robinson Partner, Arrow Shipbroking, Fearnleys Partner
      (or any Affiliate of such person through which valuations are commonly issued) or any reputable firm or firms of independent sale and purchase shipbrokers as agreed between the Lender and the Borrower from time to time.

     

    “Article 55 BRRD” means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions
      and investment firms.

     

    “Assignable Charter” means any Charter having a duration (or capable of having a duration) of more than (without taking into account any
      optional extensions) 12 months made on terms and with a charterer acceptable in all respects to the Lender.

     

    “Authorisation” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation, legalisation or
      registration.

     

    “Availability Period” means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date falling three months
      thereafter or such later date as the Parties may agree.

     

    “Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

     

    “Bail-In Legislation” means:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 BRRD, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from
              time to time;

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            in relation to any state other than such an EEA Member Country and the United Kingdom, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion
              Powers contained in that law or regulation; and

          

     

    	

          	(c)	
            in relation to the United Kingdom, the UK Bail-In Legislation.

          

     

    “Balloon Instalment” has the meaning given to it in Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Loan).

     

    “Break Costs” means the amount (if any) by which:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            the interest which the Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of the Loan or an Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in relation to the Loan,
              the relevant part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period,

          

     

    exceeds

     

    	

          	(b)	
            the amount which the Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period
              starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

          

     

    
      3

      
        

    

    “Borrower’s Bank” means Alpha Bank S.A. or any other bank or financial institution as the Lender
      may approve in writing from time to time.

     

    “Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in Hong Kong, Taipei, London and
      Athens and, in respect of a day on which a payment is required to be made under a Finance Document, also in New York.

     

    “Charter” means any charter relating to the Ship, consecutive voyage charter, contract of affreightment or other contract for its
      employment, whether or not already in existence, including (without limitation) any Assignable Charter.

     

    “Charter Guarantee” means any guarantee, bond, letter of credit or other instrument (whether or not already issued) supporting a Charter.

     

    “Code” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

     

    “Commitment” means the amount of $15,000,000 to the extent not cancelled or reduced under this Agreement.

     

    “Confidential Information” means all information relating to any Transaction Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of
      which the Lender becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, the Lender or which is received by the Lender in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming the Lender under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from any
      Transaction Obligor, any member of the Group or any of its advisers in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or
      copied from such information but excludes:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            information that:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by the Lender of Clause 39 (Confidential Information); or

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any Transaction Obligor, or any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            is known by the Lender before the date the information is disclosed to it by any Transaction Obligor, any member of the Group or any of its advisers or is lawfully obtained by the Lender after that date, from a
              source which is, as far as the Lender is aware, unconnected with any Transaction Obligor or the Group and which, in either case, as far as the Lender is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any
              obligation of confidentiality; and

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            any Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation.

          

     

    “Confidentiality Undertaking” means a confidentiality undertaking in substantially the appropriate form recommended by the LMA from time
      to time or in any other form agreed between the Borrower and the Lender.

     

    “Default” means an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default.

     

    “Delegate” means any delegate, agent, attorney or co-trustee appointed by the Lender.

     

    
      4

      
        

    

    “Disruption Event” means either or both of:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or
              otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties or, if applicable, any Transaction Obligor; or

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party or, if applicable, any Transaction Obligor preventing
              that, or any other, Party or, if applicable, any Transaction Obligor:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party; or

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            from communicating with other Parties or, if applicable, any Transaction Obligor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

          

     

    and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party or, if applicable, any Transaction Obligor whose operations are disrupted.

     

    “Document of Compliance” has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

     

    “dollars” and “$” mean the lawful currency, for the time being, of the United States of America.

     

    “Earnings” means all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Borrower or the Lender
      and which arise out of or in connection with or relate to the use or operation of the Ship, including (but not limited to):

     

    	

          	(a)	
            the following, save to the extent that any of them is, with the prior written consent of the Lender, pooled or shared with any other person:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            all freight, hire and passage moneys including, without limitation, all moneys payable under, arising out of or in connection with a Charter or a Charter Guarantee;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            the proceeds of the exercise of any lien on sub-freights;

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            compensation payable to the Borrower or the Lender in the event of requisition of the Ship for hire or use;

          

     

    	

          	(iv)	
            remuneration for salvage and towage services;

          

     

    	

          	(v)	
            demurrage and detention moneys;

          

     

    	

          	(vi)	
            without prejudice to the generality of sub-paragraph (i) above, damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of the Ship;

          

     

    	

          	(vii)	
            all moneys which are at any time payable under any Insurances in relation to loss of hire;

          

     

    
      5

      
        

    

    	

          	(viii)	
            all monies which are at any time payable to the Borrower in relation to general average contribution; and

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            if and whenever the Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within sub-paragraphs (i) to (viii) of paragraph (a) above are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net
              receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to the Ship.

          

     

    “EEA Member Country” means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

     

    “Environmental Approval” means any present or future permit, ruling, variance or other Authorisation required under Environmental Law.

     

    “Environmental Claim” means any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority or any other person which arises out of an
      Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law and, for this purpose, “claim” includes a claim for damages, compensation, contribution, injury, fines,
      losses and penalties or any other payment of any kind, including in relation to clean-up and removal, whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action;
      and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset.

     

    “Environmental Incident” means:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            any release, emission, spill or discharge of Environmentally Sensitive Material whether within the Ship or from the Ship, into any other vessel or into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the
              seabed) or surface water; or

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water from a vessel other than
              the Ship and which involves a collision between the Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which the Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached,
              detained or injuncted and/or the Ship and/or any Transaction Obligor and/or any operator or manager of the Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

          

     

    	

          	(c)	
            any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water otherwise than from
              the Ship and in connection with which the Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any Transaction Obligor and/or any operator or manager of the Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal
              or administrative action, other than in accordance with an Environmental Approval.

          

     

    “Environmental Law” means any present or future law relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment, to conditions
      in the workplace, to the carriage, generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material.

     

    
      6

      
        

    

    “Environmentally Sensitive Material” means and includes all contaminants, oil, oil products, toxic substances and any other substance
      (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous.

     

    “EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the document described as such and published by the LMA from time to time.

     

    “Event of Default” means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 24 (Events of Default).

     

    “Facility” means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 (The

        Facility).

     

    “Facility Office” means the office or offices through which the Lender will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

     

    “FATCA” means:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law
              or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

          

     

    	

          	(c)	
            any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation
              authority in any other jurisdiction.

          

     

    “FATCA Deduction” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

     

    “FATCA Exempt Party” means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

     

    “Finance Document” means:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            this Agreement;

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            the Utilisation Request;

          

     

    	

          	(c)	
            any Security Document;

          

     

    	

          	(d)	
            any fee letters (if applicable);

          

     

    	

          	(e)	
            any Subordination Deed;

          

     

    	

          	(f)	
            any other document which is executed for the purpose of establishing any priority or subordination arrangement in relation to the Secured Liabilities; or

          

     

    	

          	(g)	
            any other document designated as such by the Lender and the Borrower.

          

     

    
      7

      
        

    

    “Financial Indebtedness” means any indebtedness for or in relation to:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            moneys borrowed;

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

          

     

    	

          	(c)	
            any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

          

     

    	

          	(d)	
            the amount of any liability in relation to any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a balance sheet liability;

          

     

    	

          	(e)	
            receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

          

     

    	

          	(f)	
            any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) of a type not referred to in any other paragraph of this definition having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

          

     

    	

          	(g)	
            any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to
              market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that derivative transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account);

          

     

    	

          	(h)	
            any counter-indemnity obligation in relation to a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            the amount of any liability in relation to any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h) above.

          

     

    “Funding Rate” means any individual rate notified by the Lender to an Obligor pursuant to any Finance Document.

     

    “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the US or IFRS.

     

    “General Assignment” means the general assignment creating
        Security over any Assignable Charter, any Charter Guarantee, the Earnings, the Insurances and any Requisition Compensation in agreed form.

     

    “Group” means the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries at any given time (which are consolidated for the purposes of its Financial Statements) and “member of the Group” shall be construed accordingly.

     

    “Holding Company” means, in relation to a person, any other person in relation to which it is a Subsidiary.

     

    “IFRS” means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 (as may be amended and/or updated from time to time) to the
      extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

     

    
      8

      
        

    

    “Indemnified Person” has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.2 (Other indemnities).

     

    “Initial Market Value” means the Market Value of the Ship determined in accordance with the valuation referred to in paragraph 5.1 of Part
      B of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent and Subsequent).

     

    “Insurances” means, in relation to the Ship:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of the Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in relation to the Ship, the Earnings or otherwise in relation to the
              Ship whether before, on or after the date of this Agreement; and

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of such policies, contracts or entries, including any rights to a return of premium and any rights in relation to any claim whether or not the
              relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement.

          

     

    “Interest Payment Date” has the meaning given to it in paragraph (a) of Clause 8.2 (Payment of interest).

     

    “Interest Period” means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9.1 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 (Default interest).

     

    “Interpolated Screen Rate” means, in relation to the Loan, any part of the Loan or any Unpaid Sum, the rate (rounded to the same number of
      decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of the Loan, or the relevant part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum; and

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of the Loan, or the relevant part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum,

          

     

    each as of the Specified Time for dollars.

     

    “Irrevocable Instructions” means the irrevocable instructions substantially in the form set out at Schedule 5 (Form of Irrevocable Payment Instructions).

     

    “ISM Code” means the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (including the
      guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

     

    “ISPS Code” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organization’s
      (IMO) Diplomatic Conference of December 2002, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

     

    “ISSC” means an International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code.

     

    
      9

      
        

    

    “Lender” means:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            the Original Lender; and

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become the Lender in accordance with Clause 25 (Changes to the Lender),

          

     

    which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with this Agreement.

     

    “LIBOR” means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            the applicable Screen Rate as of the Specified Time for dollars and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the
              Loan or that part of the Loan; or

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 10.1 (Unavailability of Screen Rate),

          

     

    and if, in either case, that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.

     

    “LMA” means the Loan Market Association or any successor organisation.

     

    “Loan” means the loan to be made available under the Facility or the aggregate principal amount outstanding for the time being of the
      borrowings under the Facility and a “part of the Loan” means any part of the Loan as the context may require.

     

    “Major Casualty” means any casualty to the Ship in relation
        to which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $1,000,000 or the equivalent in any other currency.

     

    “Management Agreement” means the agreement entered into between the Borrower and an Approved Manager regarding the commercial and/or (as
      applicable) the technical management of the Ship.

     

    “Manager’s Undertaking” means the letter of undertaking from each Approved Manager, subordinating the rights of that Approved Manager
      against the Ship and the Borrower to the rights of the Lender and including (inter alia) a first priority assignment of that Approved Manager’s rights, title and interest in the Insurances of the Ship in agreed form.

     

    “Margin” means 3.50 per cent. per annum.

     

    “Market Value” means, in relation to the Ship or any other vessel, at any date, an amount determined by the Lender as being an amount
      equal to:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            the market value of the Ship or vessel shown by a valuation prepared:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            as at a date not more than 14 days previously (and in respect of the Initial Market Value, 3 months  previously);

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            in United States Dollars;

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            on a charter free basis and on a desktop basis;

          

     

    	

          	(iv)	
            by an Approved Valuer (selected by, and reporting to, the Lender);

          

     

    
      10

      
        

    

    	

          	(v)	
            with or without physical inspection of the Ship or such other vessel (as the Lender may require);

          

     

    	

          	(vi)	
            on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm’s length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any Charter; and

          

     

    	

          	(vii)	
            where any valuation comprises of a range of values, the midpoint of such range shall be used for the purposes of determining the arithmetic average.

          

     

    “Material Adverse Effect” means in the opinion of the Lender a material adverse effect on:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any Transaction Obligor; or

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            the ability of any Transaction Obligor to perform its obligations under any Finance Document; or

          

     

    	

          	(c)	
            the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security granted or intended to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of the Lender under any
              of the Finance Documents.

          

     

    “Month” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month,
      except that:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            (subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one,
              or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

          

     

    	

          	(c)	
            if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

          

     

    The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

     

    “Mortgage” means the first priority or, as the case may be, preferred Approved Flag ship mortgage on the Ship (together with, if
      applicable, the deed of covenants collateral thereto) in agreed form.

     

    “Obligor” means the Borrower or the Guarantor.

     

    “Original Financial Statements” means, in relation to:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            the Borrower, the unaudited balance sheet of the Borrower for its financial year ending 31 December 2020; and

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            the Guarantor, the audited financial statements of the Guarantor for its financial year ending 31 December 2020.

          

     

    
      11

      
        

    

    “Original Jurisdiction” means, in relation to a Transaction Obligor the jurisdiction under whose laws that Transaction Obligor is
      incorporated as at the date of this Agreement.

     

    “Overseas Regulations” means the Overseas Companies Regulations 2009 (SI 2009/1801).

     

    “Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with
      legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

     

    “Party” means a party to this Agreement.

     

    “Permitted Charter” means a Charter:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            which is a time, voyage or consecutive voyage charter;

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            the duration of which does not exceed and is not capable of exceeding, without taking into account any optional extensions, 12 months plus a redelivery allowance
                of not more than 30 days;

          

     

    	

          	(c)	
            which is entered into on bona fide arm’s length terms at the time at which the Ship is fixed; and

          

     

    	

          	(d)	
            in relation to which not more than two months’ hire is payable in advance,

          

     

    and any other Charter which is approved in writing by the Lender (including any Assignable Charter).

     

    “Permitted Financial Indebtedness” means:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            any Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents;

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            any trade debt incurred in the Borrower’s ordinary course of business; and

          

     

    	

          	(c)	
            any Financial Indebtedness that is subordinated to all Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents pursuant to a Subordination Deed or otherwise and which is, in the case of any such Financial
              Indebtedness of the Borrower, the subject of Subordinated Debt Security.

          

     

    “Permitted Security” means:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            Security created by the Finance Documents;

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            liens for unpaid master’s and crew’s wages in accordance with first class ship ownership and management practice and not being enforced through arrest;

          

     

    	

          	(c)	
            liens for salvage;

          

     

    	

          	(d)	
            liens for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading in accordance with first class ship ownership and management practice and not being enforced through arrest; and

          

     

    	

          	(e)	
            any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of the Ship:

          

     

    
      12

      
        

    

    	

          	(i)	
            not as a result of any default or omission by the Borrower;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            not being enforced through arrest; and

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 22.16 (Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.),

          

     

    provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and for the payment of which
      adequate reserves are held and provided further that such proceedings do not give rise to a material risk of the Ship or any interest in it being seized, sold, forfeited or lost).

     

    “Potential Event of Default” means any event or circumstance specified in Clause 24 (Events of Default)
      which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

     

    “Prohibited Person” means any person (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of persons) against whom
      Sanctions are directed.

     

    “Quotation Day” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of
      that period unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Lender in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be
      given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

     

    “Receiver” means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Security Assets.

     

    “Reference Bank Quotation” means any quotation supplied to the Lender by a Reference Bank.

     

    “Reference Bank Rate” means the arithmetic mean of the
      rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Lender at its request by the Reference Banks:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            if:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            the Reference Bank is a contributor to the Screen Rate; and

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            it consists of a single figure,

          

     

    as the rate (applied to the relevant Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator;
      or

     

    	

          	(b)	
            in any other case, as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could fund itself in dollars for the relevant period with reference to the unsecured wholesale funding market.

          

     

    “Reference Banks” means the principal London offices of any banks from the ICE LIBOR panel or such other entities as may be appointed by
      the Lender in its absolute discretion.

     

    “Related Fund” in relation to a fund (the “first fund”), means a fund which is managed or advised
      by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or
      investment adviser of the first fund.

     

    
      13

      
        

    

    “Relevant Interbank Market” means the London interbank market.

     

    “Relevant Jurisdiction” means, in relation to a Transaction Obligor:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            its Original Jurisdiction;

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            any jurisdiction where any asset subject to, or intended to be subject to, any of the Transaction Security created, or intended to be created, by it is situated;

          

     

    	

          	(c)	
            any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and

          

     

    	

          	(d)	
            the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it.

          

     

    “Relevant Nominating Body” means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee
      sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.

     

    “Repayment Date” means each date on which a Repayment Instalment is required to be paid under Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Loan).

     

    “Repayment Instalment” has the meaning given to it in Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Loan).

     

    “Repeating Representation” means each of the representations set out in Clause 18 (Representations)
      except Clause 18.10 (Insolvency), Clause 18.11 (No filing or stamp taxes) and Clause 18.12 (Deduction of Tax) and any
      representation of any Transaction Obligor made in any other Finance Document that is expressed to be a “Repeating Representation” or is otherwise expressed to be repeated.

     

    “Replacement Benchmark” means a benchmark rate which is:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Screen Rate by:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            the administrator of that Screen Rate (provided that the market or economic reality that such benchmark rate measures is the same as that measured by that Screen Rate); or

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            any Relevant Nominating Body,

          

     

    and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the “Replacement Benchmark” will be the replacement
      under paragraph (ii) above;

     

    	

          	(b)	
            in the opinion of the Lender and the Borrower, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to that Screen Rate; or

          

     

    
      14

      
        

    

    	

          	(c)	
            in the opinion of the Lender and the Borrower, an appropriate successor to a Screen Rate.

          

     

    “Representative” means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

     

    “Requisition” means:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            any expropriation, confiscation, requisition (excluding a requisition for hire or use which does not involve a requisition for title) or acquisition of the Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration
              less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected (whether de jure or de facto) by any government or
              official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority; and

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            any capture or seizure of the Ship (including any hijacking or theft) by any person whatsoever.

          

     

    “Requisition Compensation” includes all compensation or other moneys payable to the Borrower by reason of any Requisition or any arrest or
      detention of the Ship in the exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim.

     

    “Resolution Authority” means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

     

    “Safety Management Certificate” has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

     

    “Safety Management System” has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

     

    “Sanctions” means any sanctions, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or other restrictions relating to trading, doing business,
      investment, exporting, financing or making assets available (or other activities similar to or connected with any of the foregoing):

     

    	

          	(a)	
            imposed by law or regulation of the United Kingdom, the Council of the European Union, the United Nations or its Security Council or the United States of America regardless of whether the same is or is not
              binding on any Transaction Obligor; or

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            otherwise imposed by any law or regulation binding on a Transaction Obligor or to which a Transaction Obligor is subject (which shall include without limitation, any extra-territorial sanctions imposed by law
              or regulation of the United States of America).

          

     

    “Screen Rate” means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which
      takes over the administration of that rate) for dollars for the relevant period displayed (before any correction, recalculation or republication by the administrator) on page LIBOR01 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters
      page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Lender may specify another page
      or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrower.

     

    
      15

      
        

    

    “Secured Liabilities” means all present and future obligations and liabilities, (whether actual or contingent and whether owed jointly or
      severally or in any other capacity whatsoever) of each Transaction Obligor to the Lender under or in connection with each Finance Document.

     

    “Security” means a mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, assignment, hypothecation or security interest or any other agreement or arrangement
      having the effect of conferring security.

     

    “Security Assets” means all of the assets of the Transaction Obligors or Third Party Manager which from time to time are, or are expressed
      to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

     

    “Security Cover Ratio” means, at any relevant time, the ratio
        of the Market Value of the Ship plus the net realisable value of any additional Security previously provided under Clause 23 (Security Cover)
        expressed as a percentage of the Loan.

     

    “Security Document” means:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            the Shares Security;

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            the Mortgage;

          

     

    	

          	(c)	
            the General Assignment;

          

     

    	

          	(d)	
            the Manager’s Undertaking;

          

     

    	

          	(e)	
            any Subordinated Debt Security;

          

     

    	

          	(f)	
            any other document (whether or not it creates Security) which is executed as security for the Secured Liabilities; or

          

     

    	

          	(g)	
            any other document designated as such by the Lender and the Borrower.

          

     

    “Security Period” means the period starting on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Lender is satisfied that
      there is no outstanding Commitment in force and that the Secured Liabilities have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid and discharged in full.

     

    “Security Property” means:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            the Transaction Security expressed to be granted in favour of the Lender and all proceeds of that Transaction Security;

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            all obligations expressed to be undertaken by a Transaction Obligor to pay amounts in relation to the Secured Liabilities to the Lender and secured by the Transaction Security together with all representations
              and warranties expressed to be given by a Transaction Obligor or any other person in favour of the Lender; and

          

     

    	

          	(c)	
            the Lender’s interest in any turnover trust created under the Finance Documents.

          

     

    “Shares Security” means a document creating Security over the shares in the Borrower in agreed form.

     

    “Ship” means 2010 built vessel m.v. “Geniuship” having a deadweight of approximately 170,057 with IMO no 9398759, registered in the name of the Borrower under an Approved Flag (which at the date of this Agreement is the
        Marshall Islands flag) and everything now or in the future belonging to her on board and ashore.

     

    
      16

      
        

    

    “Specified Time” means a day or time determined in accordance with Schedule 4 (Timetables).

     

    “Subordinated Creditor” means:

     

    
      	 	
              (i)

            	
              any Transaction Obligor; or

            

    

     

    	

          	(b)	
            any other person subject to the consent of the Lender who becomes a Subordinated Creditor in accordance with this Agreement.

          

     

    “Subordinated Debt Security” means a Security over Subordinated Liabilities entered into or to be entered into by a Subordinated Creditor
      in favour of the Lender in an agreed form.

     

    “Subordinated Finance Document” means:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            a Subordinated Loan Agreement; and

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            any other document relating to or evidencing Subordinated Liabilities.

          

     

    “Subordinated Liabilities” means all indebtedness owed or expressed to be owed by the Borrower to a Subordinated Creditor whether under
      the Subordinated Finance Documents or otherwise.

     

    “Subordinated Loan Agreement” means any loan agreement made between (i) the Borrower and (ii) a Subordinated Creditor.

     

    “Subordination Deed” means a subordination deed entered into or to be entered into by, inter alia, each Subordinated Creditor, the
      Borrower and the Lender, in agreed form.

     

    “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006.

     

    “Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in
      connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

     

    “Tax Credit” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

     

    “Tax Deduction” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

     

    “Tax Payment” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

     

    “Termination Date” means the date falling on the fifth anniversary from the Utilisation Date.

     

    “Third Parties Act” has the meaning given to it in Clause 1.5 (Third party rights).

     

    “Third Party Manager” means any Approved Manager who is not a member of the Group.

     

    “Total Loss” means:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Ship; or

          

     

    
      17

      
        

    

    	

          	(b)	
            any Requisition of the Ship unless the Ship is returned to the full control of the Borrower within 30 days of such Requisition.

          

     

    “Total Loss Date” means, in relation to the Total Loss of the Ship:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            in the case of an actual loss of the Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when the Ship was last heard of;

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Ship, the earlier of:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            the date on which a notice of abandonment is given (or deemed or agreed to be given) to the insurers; and

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Borrower with the Ship’s insurers in which the insurers agree to treat the Ship as a total loss; and

          

     

    	

          	(c)	
            in the case of any other type of Total Loss, the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Lender that the event constituting the total loss occurred.

          

     

    “Transaction Document” means:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            a Finance Document;

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            a Subordinated Finance Document;

          

     

    	

          	(c)	
            a Management Agreement;

          

     

    	

          	(d)	
            any Permitted Charter;

          

     

    	

          	(e)	
            any related Charter Guarantee; or

          

     

    	

          	(f)	
            any other document designated as such by the Lender and the Borrower.

          

     

    “Transaction Obligor” means an Obligor, each Approved Manager which is a member of the Group or any other member of the Group who executes
      a Finance Document.

     

    “Transaction Security” means the Security created or evidenced or expressed to be created or evidenced under the Security Documents.

     

    “UK Bail-In Legislation” means Part 1 of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 and any other law or regulation applicable in the United
      Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutes or their affiliates (otherwise than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

     

    “UK Establishment” means a UK establishment as defined in the Overseas Regulations.

     

    “Unpaid Sum” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.

     

    “US” means the United States of America.

     

    
      18

      
        

    

    “US Tax Obligor” means:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            a person which is resident for tax purposes in the US; or

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            a person some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the US for US federal income tax purposes.

          

     

    “Utilisation” means the utilisation of the Facility.

     

    “Utilisation Date” means the date on which the Loan is to be made.

     

    “Utilisation Request” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 (Utilisation Request).

     

    “VAT” means:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            any value added tax imposed by the Value Added Tax Act 1994;

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

          

     

    	

          	(c)	
            any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed the United Kingdom or in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or
              imposed elsewhere.

          

     

    “Write-down and Conversion Powers” means:

     

    	

          	(a)	
            in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation
              Schedule;

          

     

    	

          	(b)	
            in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation other than the UK Bail-In Legislation:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or
              other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or
              obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under
              that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation; and

          

     

    	

          	(c)	
            in relation to the UK Bail-In Legislation, any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution
              or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of
              that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of
              that liability or any of the powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.

          

     

    
      19

      
        

    

    	1.2	
            Construction

          

     

    	(a)	
            Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this Agreement to:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            the “Lender”, any “Obligor”, any “Party”, any “Transaction Obligor” or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title and permitted assigns;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            “assets” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            a liability which is “contingent” means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

          

     

    	

          	(iv)	
            “document” includes a deed and also a letter, fax, email or telex;

          

     

    	

          	(v)	
            “expense” means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable Tax including VAT;

          

     

    	

          	(vi)	
            a “Finance Document”, a “Security Document” or “Transaction Document” or any other
              agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document, Security Document or Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, replaced, novated, supplemented, extended or restated;

          

     

    	

          	(vii)	
            “indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or
              contingent;

          

     

    	

          	(viii)	
            “law” includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the
              European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;

          

     

    	

          	(ix)	
            “proceedings” means, in relation to any enforcement provision of a Finance Document, proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective
              measure;

          

     

    	

          	(x)	
            a “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership
              or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality);

          

     

    	

          	(xi)	
            a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or
              supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

          

     

    	

          	(xii)	
            a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted from time to time;

          

     

    	

          	(xiii)	
            a time of day is a reference to London time;

          

     

    
      20

      
        

    

    	

          	(xiv)	
            any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall, in respect of a jurisdiction other than England,
              be deemed to include that which most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term;

          

     

    	

          	(xv)	
            words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

          

     

    	

          	(xvi)	
            “including” and “in particular” (and other similar expressions) shall be construed as not limiting any general words or
              expressions in connection with which they are used.

          

     

    	(b)	
            The determination of the extent to which a rate is “for a period equal in length” to an Interest Period shall disregard any inconsistency arising from the last day of
              that Interest Period being determined pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

          

     

    	(c)	
            Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only and are not to be used for the purposes of construction or interpretation of the Finance Documents.

          

     

    	(d)	
            Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under, or in connection with, any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice
              as in this Agreement.

          

     

    	(e)	
            A Potential Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is “continuing” if it
              has not been waived.

          

     

    	1.3	
            Construction of insurance terms

          

     

    In this Agreement:

     

    “approved” means, for the purposes of Clause 21 (Insurance Undertakings), approved in writing by
      the Lender.

     

    “excess risks” means the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and
      machinery policies in respect of the Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which the Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims.

     

    “obligatory insurances” means all insurances effected, or which the Borrower is obliged to effect, under Clause 21 (Insurance Undertakings) or any other provision of this Agreement or of another Finance Document.

     

    “policy” includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms.

     

    “protection and indemnity risks” means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association which is a member of the
      International Group of protection and indemnity associations, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery
      policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 6 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02) (1/11/03), clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) (1/11/95) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any
      equivalent provision.

     

    “war risks” includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clauses 29, 30 or 31 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02), clauses
      29 or 30 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/03), clauses 24, 25 or 26 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/95) or clauses 23, 24 or 25 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or any equivalent provision.

     

    
      21

      
        

    

    	1.4	
            Agreed forms of Finance Documents

          

     

    References in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) to any Finance Document being in “agreed form” are to
      that Finance Document:

     

    	(a)	
            in a form attached to a certificate dated the same date as this Agreement (and signed by the Borrower and the Lender); or

          

     

    	(b)	
            in any other form agreed in writing between the Borrower and the Lender.

          

     

    	1.5	
            Third party rights

          

     

    	(a)	
            Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “Third
                Parties Act”) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

          

     

    	(b)	
            Subject to paragraph (c) below but otherwise notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

          

     

    	(c)	
            An amendment or waiver which adversely affects the rights or obligations of a Reference Bank may not be effected without the consent of that Reference Bank.

          

     

    	(d)	
            Any Affiliate or Receiver or Delegate or any other person described in paragraph (f) of Clause 14.2 (Other indemnities), Clause 27.1 (Role

                of Reference Banks) or Clause 27.2 (Third Party Reference Banks) may, subject to this Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the Third Parties Act, rely
              on any Clause of this Agreement which expressly confers rights on it.

          

     

    
      22

      
        

    

    SECTION 2

     

    THE FACILITY

     

    	2	
            THE FACILITY

          

     

    Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lender makes available to the Borrower a dollar term loan facility in a single advance in an amount not exceeding the lesser of (i)
      $15,000,000 and (ii) 60 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ship.

     

    	3	
            PURPOSE

          

     

    	3.1	
            Purpose

          

     

    The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility only for the purpose of refinancing the Ship.

     

    	3.2	
            Monitoring

          

     

    The Lender is not bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

     

    	4	
            CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

          

     

    	4.1	
            Initial conditions precedent

          

     

    The Borrower may not deliver the Utilisation Request unless the Lender has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part A of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent and Subsequent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

     

    	4.2	
            Further conditions precedent

          

     

    The Lender will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Loan) if:

     

    	(a)	
            on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date and before the Loan is made available:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            the Repeating Representations to be made by each Transaction Obligor are true;

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            the Ship has neither been sold nor become a Total Loss;

          

     

    	

          	(iv)	
            no event or series of events has occurred which is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

          

     

    	

          	(v)	
            no event has occurred which would give rise to the provisions of Clause 10.4 (Cost of funds); and

          

     

    	(b)	
            the Lender has received on or before the Utilisation Date, or is satisfied it will receive when the Loan or any part thereof is made available, all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part B of
              Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent and Subsequent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

          

     

    
      23

      
        

    

    	4.3	
            Conditions Subsequent

          

     

    The Borrower undertakes to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Lender within one month after the Utilisation Date, the additional documents and other evidence listed in
      Part C of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent and Subsequent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

     

    	4.4	
            Notification of satisfaction of conditions precedent

          

     

    The Lender shall notify the Borrower promptly upon being satisfied as to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) and Clause 4.2 (Further Conditions precedent).

     

    	4.5	
            Waiver of conditions precedent

          

     

    If the Lender, at its discretion, permits the Loan or any part thereof to be borrowed before any of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) has been satisfied, the Borrower shall ensure that that condition is satisfied within five
      Business Days after the Utilisation Date or such later date as the Lender may agree in writing with the Borrower.

     

    
      24

      
        

    

    SECTION 3

     

    UTILISATION

     

    	5	
            UTILISATION

          

     

    	5.1	
            Delivery of the Utilisation Request

          

     

    The Borrower may make one Utilisation only under the Facility by delivery to the Lender of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

     

    	5.2	
            Completion of the Utilisation Request

          

     

    	(a)	
            The Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            the currency and amount of the Loan comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount);

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            all applicable deductible items have been completed; and

          

     

    	

          	(iv)	
            the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 9.1 (Interest Periods).

          

     

    	(b)	
            Only one Utilisation may be requested in the Utilisation Request.

          

     

    	5.3	
            Currency and amount

          

     

    	(a)	
            The currency specified in the Utilisation Request must be dollars.

          

     

    	(b)	
            The amount of the proposed Loan must be an amount which is the lower of (i) $15,000,000 and (ii) 60 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ship.

          

     

    	5.4	
            Loan

          

     

    If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, the Lender shall make the Loan or part thereof available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

     

    	5.5	
            Cancellation of Commitment

          

     

    On the earlier of the date on which the Loan has been made and the end of the Availability Period any Commitment which is then unutilised shall be cancelled.

     

    	5.6	
            Retentions and Payments to Borrower

          

     

    The Borrower irrevocably authorises the Lender:

     

    	(a)	
            to deduct from the proceeds of the Loan any fees then payable to the Lender in accordance with Clause 11 (Fees) and any other items listed as deductible items in the
              Utilisation Request and to apply them in payment of the items to which they relate; and

          

     

    	(b)	
            on the Utilisation Date, to pay to, or for the account of, the Borrower the balance (after any deduction made in accordance with paragraph (a) above) of the Loan. That payment shall be made to the account of
              the Borrower which the Borrower specifies in the Utilisation Request, subject to the provisions of Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) and Clause 4.3 (Notification

                of satisfaction of conditions precedent).

          

     

    
      25

      
        

    

    	5.7	
            Disbursement of Loan to third party

          

     

    Payment by the Lender under Clause 5.6 (Retentions and Payments to the Borrower) to a person other than the Borrower shall constitute
      the making of the Loan and the Borrower shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligors, to the Lender in an amount equal to the Loan.

     

    	5.8	
            Advance of Loan

          

     

    	(a)	
            If requested by the Borrower in the Utilisation Request, the Lender shall arrange remittance to the Borrower’s Bank  to be held on an unallocated basis to the order of the Lender in accordance with the
              Irrevocable Payment Instruction one day prior to the Utilisation Date.

          

     

    	(b)	
            The Borrower shall procure that the Borrower’s Bank complies with the Irrevocable Payment Instruction and the Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes that it shall not give any instructions
              to the Borrower’s Bank that are inconsistent therewith.

          

     

    	(c)	
            The Borrower shall procure that the Advance is immediately repaid to the account of the Lender mentioned in the Irrevocable Payment Instruction on the date on which the Borrower’s Bank is required to return
              funds in accordance with the Irrevocable Payment Instruction (regardless of whether the Borrower’s Bank has then carried out such instructions). In the event that this date is not a Business Day, the Advance will be repaid by the Borrower’s
              Bank to the account of the Lender the next Business Day.

          

     

    	5.9	
            Prepositioning of funds

          

     

    If, in respect of the Loan, the Lender, at the request of the Borrower and on terms acceptable to the Lender and in its absolute discretion, prepositions funds with the
      Borrower’s Bank, the Borrower and the Guarantor:

     

    	(a)	
            agree to pay interest on the amount of the funds so prepositioned at the rate described in Clause 8.1 (Calculation of interest) on the basis of successive interest
              periods of one day and so that interest shall be paid together with the first payment of interest on the Loan after its Utilisation Date or, if such Utilisation Date does not occur, within three Business Days of demand by the Lender; and

          

     

    	(b)	
            shall, without duplication, indemnify the Lender against any costs, loss or liability it may incur in connection with such arrangement.

          

     

    
      26

      
        

    

    SECTION 4

     

    REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

     

    	6	
            REPAYMENT

          

     

    	6.1	
            Repayment of Loan

          

     

    The Borrower shall repay the Loan by 20 consecutive quarterly instalments, of which the first to the fourth shall be in an amount of $530,000 each and the remaining fifth to
      twentieth such repayment instalments shall be in an amount of $385,000 each, the first of which shall be repaid on the date falling 3 Months after the Utilisation Date, each subsequent instalment at three monthly intervals thereafter and the last,
      payable together with a balloon instalment in an amount of $6,720,000 (the “Balloon Instalment”), shall be repaid on the Termination Date, and each such instalment
      (including the Balloon Instalment) shall be a “Repayment Instalment”.

     

    	6.2	
            Reduction of Repayment Instalments

          

     

    If any part of the Facility is cancelled, the Repayment Instalments falling after that cancellation shall be reduced pro rata by the
      amount cancelled.

     

    	6.3	
            Termination Date

          

     

    On the Termination Date, the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Lender all other sums then accrued and owing under the Finance Documents.

     

    	6.4	
            Reborrowing

          

     

    The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is repaid.

     

    	7	
            PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

          

     

    	7.1	
            Illegality

          

     

    If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for the Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain all or any part
      of the Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of the Lender for the Lender to do so:

     

    	(a)	
            the Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower upon becoming aware of that event and the Facility will be immediately cancelled; and

          

     

    	(b)	
            the Borrower shall prepay the Loan on the last day of the Interest Period for the Loan occurring after the Lender has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice
              delivered to the Borrower (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and the Commitment shall be cancelled.

          

     

    	7.2	
            Automatic cancellation

          

     

    The unutilised Commitment (if any) shall be automatically cancelled at close of business on the Utilisation Date.

     

    
      27

      
        

    

    	7.3	
            Voluntary prepayment of Loan

          

     

    	(a)	
            The Borrower may, if it gives the Lender not less than 10 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Lender may agree to) prior notice in writing, prepay the whole or any part of the Loan (but, if in part,
              being an amount that reduces the amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of $500,000).

          

     

    	(b)	
            Any partial prepayment under this Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment of Loan) shall be applied in inverse order of maturity or pro rata (at the Borrower’s discretion)
              against the Balloon Instalment and the remaining Repayment Instalments falling due after the day of such repayment.

          

     

    	7.4	
            Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss

          

     

    If the Ship is sold (without prejudice to paragraph (a) of Clause 20.12 (Disposals)) or becomes a Total Loss, the Borrower shall
      prepay the Loan together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents. Such prepayment shall be made:

     

    	(a)	
            in the case of a sale of the Ship, on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the Ship to the buyer; or

          

     

    	(b)	
            in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of (i) the date falling 120 days after the Total Loss Date and (ii) the date of receipt by the Lender of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.

          

     

    	7.5	
            Restrictions

          

     

    	(a)	
            Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 (Prepayment and Cancellation) shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication
              appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made, the amount of that cancellation or prepayment and the order of application.

          

     

    	(b)	
            Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to the fee provided for in Clause 11.2 (Prepayment fee)
              and any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

          

     

    	(c)	
            The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is prepaid.

          

     

    	(d)	
            The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of the Commitment except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

          

     

    	(e)	
            No amount of the Commitment cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

          

     

    
      28

      
        

    

    SECTION 5

     

    COSTS OF UTILISATION

     

    	8	
            INTEREST

          

     

    	8.1	
            Calculation of interest

          

     

    The rate of interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:

     

    	(a)	
            the Margin; and

          

     

    	(b)	
            LIBOR.

          

     

    	8.2	
            Payment of interest

          

     

    	(a)	
            The Borrower shall pay accrued interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (each an “Interest Payment Date”).

          

     

    	(b)	
            If an Interest Period is longer than three Months, the Borrower shall also pay interest then accrued on the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan on the dates falling at three Monthly intervals after the first
              day of the Interest Period.

          

     

    	8.3	
            Default interest

          

     

    	(a)	
            If a Transaction Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the Unpaid Sum from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before
              and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is 2.00 per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the Unpaid Sum had, during the period of non-payment, constituted part of the Loan, in the
              currency of the Unpaid Sum for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Lender. Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 (Default interest) shall be immediately payable by an
              Obligor on demand by the Lender.

          

     

    	(b)	
            If an Unpaid Sum consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to the Loan or that part of the Loan:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            the first Interest Period for that Unpaid Sum shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to the Loan or that part of the Loan; and

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            the rate of interest applying to that Unpaid Sum during that first Interest Period shall be 2.00 per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if that Unpaid Sum had not become due.

          

     

    	(c)	
            Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an Unpaid Sum may be compounded with the Unpaid Sum at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that Unpaid Sum but  such default interest will remain immediately
              due and payable.

          

     

    
      29

      
        

    

    	8.4	
            Notification of rates of interest

          

     

    The Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

     

    	9	
            INTEREST PERIODS

          

     

    	9.1	
            Interest Periods

          

     

    	(a)	
            Subject to paragraph (b) below each Interest Period will be three Months.

          

     

    	(b)	
            No Interest Period shall extend beyond the Termination Date.

          

     

    	(c)	
            The first Interest Period for the Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date and each subsequent Interest Period shall start on the last day of the preceding Interest Period.

          

     

    	9.2	
            Non-Business Days

          

     

    If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there
      is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

     

    	10	
            CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

          

     

    	10.1	
            Unavailability of Screen Rate

          

     

    	(a)	
            Interpolated Screen Rate:  If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan, the applicable LIBOR shall be the
              Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

          

     

    	(b)	
            Reference Bank Rate:  If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            dollars; or

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

          

     

    the applicable LIBOR shall be the Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

     

    	(c)	
            Cost of funds:  If paragraph (b) above applies but no Reference Bank Rate is available for dollars for the relevant Interest Period there shall be no LIBOR for the Loan
              or that part of the Loan (as applicable) and Clause 10.4 (Cost of funds) shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan for that Interest Period.

          

     

    	10.2	
            Calculation of Reference Bank Rate

          

     

    	(a)	
            Subject to paragraph (b) below, if LIBOR is to be determined on the basis of a Reference Bank Rate but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time, the Reference Bank Rate shall be
              calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

          

     

    	(b)	
            If at or about noon on the Quotation Day none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a quotation, there shall be no Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.

          

     

    
      30

      
        

    

    	10.3	
            Market disruption

          

     

    If (a) before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Lender determines (in its sole discretion) that the cost to it of funding
      the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR or (b) before close of business on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, deposits in dollars are not available to the
      Lender in the London Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business in sufficient amounts to fund the Loan (or the relevant part thereof) for that Interest Period, then Clause 10.4 (Cost of funds) shall
      apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) for the relevant Interest Period.

     

    	10.4	
            Cost of funds

          

     

    	(a)	
            If this Clause 10.4 (Cost of funds) applies, the rate of interest on the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage
              rate per annum which is the sum of:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            the Margin; and

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            the rate notified to the Borrower by the Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period to be that which expresses as a
              percentage rate per annum the cost to the Lender of funding the Loan or that part of the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select or, if such rate is less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero.

          

     

    	(b)	
            If this Clause 10.4 (Cost of funds) applies and the Lender or the Borrower so require, the Lender and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not
              more than 15 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for funding.

          

     

    Subject to Clause 41.1 (Replacement of Screen Rate), any substitute or alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall
      be binding on all Parties.

     

    	10.5	
            Break Costs

          

     

    The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Lender, pay to the Lender its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan or an Unpaid Sum being
      paid by the Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan, the relevant part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum.

     

    	11	
            FEES

          

     

    	11.1	
            Arrangement fee

          

     

    The Borrower shall pay to the Lender an arrangement fee equal to 1.25 per cent. of the Loan (a) prior to the Utilisation Date or (b) within seven Business Days after the date
      of this Agreement, whichever is the earlier.

     

    	11.2	
            Prepayment fee

          

     

    	(a)	
            Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Borrower must pay to the Lender a prepayment fee on the date of prepayment of all or any part of the Loan.

          

     

    	(b)	
            The amount of the prepayment fee is:

          

     

    
      31

      
        

    

    	

          	(i)	
            if the prepayment occurs on or before the first anniversary of the Utilisation Date, 1.00 per cent. of the amount prepaid;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            if the prepayment occurs after the first anniversary of the Utilisation Date but on or before the second anniversary of the Utilisation Date, 0.5 per cent. of the amount prepaid; and

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            if the prepayment occurs after the second anniversary of the Utilisation Date, no prepayment fee will apply.

          

     

    	(c)	
            For the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment/refinancing arising as a result of an assignment by the Lender to a new Lender pursuant to Clause 25.1 (Assignment by the Lender),

              illegality pursuant to Clause 7.1 (Illegality), Clause 7.5 (Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss), failure to agree on a substitute basis or alternative
              basis for funding pursuant to Clause 10.4 (Cost of funds) or as a result of a Replacement of Screen Rate pursuant to Clause 41.1 (Replacement of Screen Rate),
              shall be excluded from paragraph (a) above and the Borrower shall not be liable for any prepayment fee if the Loan or any part thereof is refinanced as a result of such event or circumstance.

          

     

    
      32

      
        

    

    SECTION 6

     

    ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

     

    	12	
            TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES

          

     

    	12.1	
            Definitions

          

     

    	(a)	
            In this Agreement:

          

     

    “Tax Credit” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

     

    “Tax Deduction” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA
      Deduction.

     

    “Tax Payment” means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to the Lender under Clause 12.2 (Tax

        gross-up) or a payment under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity).

     

    	(b)	
            Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities) reference to “determines” or “determined” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

          

     

    	12.2	
            Tax gross-up

          

     

    	(a)	
            Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

          

     

    	(b)	
            The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Lender accordingly. Similarly, the
              Lender shall notify an Obligor on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to the Lender.

          

     

    	(c)	
            If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to
              the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

          

     

    	(d)	
            If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount
              required by law.

          

     

    	(e)	
            Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Lender evidence reasonably satisfactory
              to the Lender that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

          

     

    	12.3	
            Tax indemnity

          

     

    	(a)	
            The Obligors shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Lender) pay to the Lender an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which the Lender determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly)
              suffered for or on account of Tax by the Lender in respect of a Finance Document.

          

     

    
      33

      
        

    

    	(b)	
            Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            with respect to any Tax assessed on the Lender:

          

     

    	

          	(A)	
            under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Lender is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which the Lender is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

          

     

    	

          	(B)	
            under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Lender’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

          

     

    if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by the Lender; or

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

          

     

    	

          	(A)	
            is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up); or

          

     

    	

          	(B)	
            relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

          

     

    	(c)	
            The Lender shall, if making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above promptly notify the Borrower of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim.

          

     

    	12.4	
            Tax Credit

          

     

    If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the Lender determines that:

     

    	(a)	
            a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was received; and

          

     

    	(b)	
            the Lender has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit,

          

     

    the Lender shall pay an amount to that Obligor which the Lender determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the
      Tax Payment not been required to be made by that Obligor.

     

    	12.5	
            Stamp taxes

          

     

    The Obligors shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify the Lender against any cost, loss or liability which the Lender incurs in relation to all stamp
      duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

     

    	12.6	
            VAT

          

     

    	(a)	
            All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to the Lender which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any
              VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by the Lender to any Party under a Finance Document and the Lender is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT,
              that Party must pay to the Lender (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and the Lender must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that
              Party).

          

     

    
      34

      
        

    

    	(b)	
            Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify the Lender for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) the Lender for the full amount of such cost
              or expense, including such part of it as represents VAT, save to the extent that the Lender reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

          

     

    	(c)	
            Any reference in this Clause 12.6 (VAT) to any Party shall, at any time when that Party is treated as a member of a group or unity (or fiscal unity) for VAT purposes,
              include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated at that time as making the supply, or (as appropriate) receiving the supply, under the grouping rules provided for in Article 11 of
              Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union or equivalent provisions imposed elsewhere) so that a reference to a Party shall be construed as a reference to that Party or the relevant
              group or unity (or fiscal unity) of which that Party is a member for VAT purposes at the relevant time or the relevant representative member (or representative or head) of that group or unity at the relevant time (as the case may be).

          

     

    	(d)	
            In relation to any supply made by the Lender to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by the Lender, that Party must promptly provide the Lender with details of that Party’s VAT
              registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with the Lender’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

          

     

    	12.7	
            FATCA Information

          

     

    	(a)	
            Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            confirm to that other Party whether it is:

          

     

    	

          	(A)	
            a FATCA Exempt Party; or

          

     

    	

          	(B)	
            not a FATCA Exempt Party;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with
              FATCA; and

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with any other law,
              regulation or exchange of information regime.

          

     

    	(b)	
            If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt
              Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

          

     

    	(c)	
            Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige the Lender to do anything and sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion
              constitute a breach of:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            any law or regulation;

          

     

    
      35

      
        

    

    	

          	(ii)	
            any fiduciary duty; or

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            any duty of confidentiality.

          

     

    	(d)	
            If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii) of paragraph (a) above
              (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party
              in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

          

     

    	12.8	
            FATCA Deduction

          

     

    	(a)	
            Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of
              which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

          

     

    	(b)	
            Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the
              payment.

          

     

    	13	
            INCREASED COSTS

          

     

    	13.1	
            Increased costs

          

     

    	(a)	
            Subject to Clause 13.3 (Exceptions), the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Lender, pay for the account of the Lender the amount of any
              Increased Costs incurred by the Lender or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation; or

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            compliance with any law or regulation made,

          

     

    in each case after the date of this Agreement; or

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            the implementation, application of or compliance with Basel III or CRD IV or any law or regulation that implements or applies Basel III or CRD IV.

          

     

    	(b)	
            In this Agreement:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            “Basel III” means:

          

     

    	

          	(A)	
            the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International
              framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as
              amended, supplemented or restated;

          

     

    
      36

      
        

    

    	

          	(B)	
            the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text” published by the Basel
              Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

          

     

    	

          	(C)	
            any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            “CRD IV” means:

          

     

    	

          	(A)	
            Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending regulation (EU) No. 648/2012, as
              amended by Regulation (EU) 2019/876;

          

     

    	

          	(B)	
            Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms,
              amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC; as amended by Directive (EU) 2019/878; and

          

     

    	

          	(C)	
            any other law or regulation which implements Basel III.

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            “Increased Costs” means:

          

     

    	

          	(A)	
            a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on the Lender’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

          

     

    	

          	(B)	
            an additional or increased cost; or

          

     

    	

          	(C)	
            a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

          

     

    which is incurred or suffered by the Lender or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to the Lender having entered into the Commitment or funding or
      performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

     

    	13.2	
            Increased cost claims

          

     

    If the Lender intends to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) it shall notify the Borrower of the event giving rise
      to the claim.

     

    	13.3	
            Exceptions

          

     

    Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

     

    	(a)	
            attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

          

     

    	(b)	
            attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

          

     

    	(c)	
            compensated for by Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not
              so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) applied);

          

     

    
      37

      
        

    

    	(d)	
            compensated for by any payment made pursuant to Clause 14.3 (Mandatory Cost); or

          

     

    	(e)	
            attributable to the wilful breach by the Lender or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.

          

     

    	14	
            OTHER INDEMNITIES

          

     

    	14.1	
            Currency indemnity

          

     

    	(a)	
            If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “Sum”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the
              currency (the “First Currency”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “Second Currency”) for the purpose of:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

          

     

    that Obligor shall, as an independent obligation, on demand, indemnify the Lender against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including
      any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

     

    	(b)	
            Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

          

     

    	14.2	
            Other indemnities

          

     

    	(a)	
            Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Lender and any Receiver and Delegate against:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            any cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a result of:

          

     

    	

          	(A)	
            the occurrence of any Event of Default;

          

     

    	

          	(B)	
            a failure by a Transaction Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date;

          

     

    	

          	(C)	
            funding, or making arrangements to fund, the Loan requested by the Borrower in the Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than
              by reason of default or negligence by the Lender alone);

          

     

    	

          	(D)	
            the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower;

          

     

    	

          	(E)	
            investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default;

          

     

    	

          	(F)	
            acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or

          

     

    	

          	(G)	
            instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents; and

          

     

    
      38

      
        

    

    	

          	(ii)	
            any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever)  incurred by the Lender (otherwise than by reason of the Lender’s gross negligence or
              wilful misconduct) or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 28.8 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) notwithstanding the Lender’s negligence, gross negligence or any other
              category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Lender in acting as Lender under the Finance Documents.

          

     

    	(b)	
            Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Lender, each Affiliate of the Lender and any Receiver and Delegate and each officer or employee of the Lender or its Affiliate or any Receiver or Delegate (as
              applicable) (each such person for the purposes of this Clause 14.2 (Other indemnities) an “Indemnified Person”), against any cost, loss or liability (including,
              without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by that Indemnified Person pursuant to or in connection with any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or regulatory enquiry, in
              connection with or arising out of the entry into and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, having the benefit of any Security constituted by the Finance Documents or which relates to the condition or operation of, or any
              incident occurring in relation to, the Ship unless such cost, loss or liability is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person.

          

     

    	(c)	
            No Party other than the Lender or the Receiver or Delegate (as applicable) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Lender or the Receiver or Delegate (as applicable) in respect of
              any claim it might have against the Lender or the Receiver or Delegate or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Transaction Document or any Security Property.

          

     

    	(d)	
            Without limiting, but subject to any limitations set out in paragraph (b) above, the indemnity in paragraph (b) above shall cover any cost, loss or liability incurred by each Indemnified Person in any
              jurisdiction:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            arising or asserted under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, any Environmental Law or any Sanctions; or

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            in connection with any Environmental Claim.

          

     

    	(e)	
            Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Lender and every Receiver and Delegate against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability
              whatsoever) incurred by any of them:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            in relation to or as a result of:

          

     

    	

          	(A)	
            any failure by the Borrower to comply with its obligations under Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses);

          

     

    	

          	(B)	
            acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

          

     

    	

          	(C)	
            the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Finance Documents and the Transaction Security;

          

     

    	

          	(D)	
            the exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the Lender and each Receiver and Delegate by the Finance Documents or by law;

          

     

    
      39

      
        

    

    	

          	(E)	
            any default by any Transaction Obligor in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents;

          

     

    	

          	(F)	
            any action by any Transaction Obligor which vitiates, reduces the value of, or is otherwise prejudicial to, the Transaction Security; and

          

     

    	

          	(G)	
            instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents.

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            which otherwise relates to any of the Security Property or the performance of the terms of this Agreement or the other Finance Documents (otherwise, in each case, than by reason of the Lender’s or Receiver’s or
              Delegate’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct).

          

     

    	(f)	
            Any Affiliate or Receiver or Delegate or any officer or employee of the Lender or of any of its Affiliates or any Receiver or Delegate (as applicable) may rely on this Clause 14.2 (Other indemnities) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act subject to Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

          

     

    	14.3	
            Mandatory Cost

          

     

    The Borrower shall, on demand by the Lender, pay to the Lender, such amount which the Lender certifies in a notice to the Borrower to be its good faith determination of the
      amount necessary to compensate it for complying with:

     

    	(a)	
            if the Lender is lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State, the minimum reserve requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the European Central Bank or any
              other authority or agency which replaces all or any of its functions in respect of loans made from that Facility Office; and

          

     

    	(b)	
            if the Lender is lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom, any reserve asset, special deposit or liquidity requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the Bank of
              England (or any other governmental authority or agency) and/or paying any fees to the Financial Conduct Authority and/or the Prudential Regulation Authority (or any other governmental authority or agency which replaces all or any of their
              functions),

          

     

    which in each case is referable to the Loan.

     

    	15	
            MITIGATION BY THE LENDER

          

     

    	15.1	
            Mitigation

          

     

    	(a)	
            The Lender shall, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled
              pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 (Illegality), Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities) or Clause 13 (Increased Costs) or
              paragraph (a) of Clause 14.3 (Mandatory Cost) including (but not limited to) assigning its rights under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

          

     

    	(b)	
            Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.

          

     

    
      40

      
        

    

    	15.2	
            Limitation of liability

          

     

    	(a)	
            Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Lender for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Lender as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation).

          

     

    	(b)	
            The Lender is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation) if either:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            a Default has occurred and is continuing; or

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            in the opinion of the Lender (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

          

     

    	16	
            COSTS AND EXPENSES

          

     

    	16.1	
            Transaction expenses

          

     

    The Obligors shall, on demand, pay the Lender the amount of all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, fees, costs and expenses of legal advisors and insurance and
      other consultants and other advisors) reasonably incurred by it in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and perfection of:

     

    	(a)	
            this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement or in a Security Document; and

          

     

    	(b)	
            any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

          

     

    	16.2	
            Amendment costs

          

     

    If:

     

    	(a)	
            a Transaction Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent; or

          

     

    	(b)	
            an amendment is required either pursuant to Clause 28.6 (Change of currency) or to address the fact that the Screen Rate is not or is likely not to be, available for
              dollars; or

          

     

    	(c)	
            a Transaction Obligor requests, and the Lender agrees to, the release of all or any part of the Security Assets from the Transaction Security,

          

     

    the Obligors shall, on demand, reimburse the Lender for the amount of all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, fees, costs and expenses of legal advisors and
      insurance and other consultants and other advisors) reasonably incurred by the Lender in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

     

    	16.3	
            Enforcement and preservation costs

          

     

    The Obligors shall, on demand, pay to the Lender the amount of all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, fees, costs and expenses of legal advisors and insurance
      and other consultants and other advisors) incurred by the Lender in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document or the Transaction Security and with any proceedings instituted by or against the
      Lender as a consequence of it entering into a Finance Document, taking or holding the Transaction Security, or enforcing those rights, including (without limitation) any losses, costs and expenses which the Lender may from time to time sustain, incur
      or become liable for by reason of the Lender being mortgagee of the Ship and/or a lender to the Borrower, or by reason of the Lender being deemed by any court or authority to be an operator or controller, or in any way concerned in the operation or
      control, of the Ship.

     

    
      41

      
        

    

    SECTION 7

     

    GUARANTEE

     

    	17	
            GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

          

     

    	17.1	
            Guarantee and indemnity

          

     

    The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

     

    	(a)	
            guarantees to the Lender punctual performance by each Transaction Obligor (other than the Guarantor) of all such other Transaction Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

          

     

    	(b)	
            undertakes with the Lender that whenever a Transaction Obligor (other than the Guarantor) (does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Guarantor shall immediately on
              demand pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor; and

          

     

    	(c)	
            agrees with the Lender that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify the Lender immediately on demand
              against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of a Transaction Obligor (other than the Guarantor) not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any
              Finance Document on the date when it would have been due.  The amount payable by the Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and
                Indemnity) if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of the guarantee.

          

     

    	17.2	
            Continuing guarantee

          

     

    This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any
      intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

     

    	17.3	
            Reinstatement

          

     

    If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Transaction Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by the
      Lender in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Guarantor under this
      Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity) will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

     

    	17.4	
            Waiver of defences

          

     

    The obligations of the Guarantor under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity) and in respect of any Transaction Security will not be
      affected or discharged by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 17.4 (Waiver of Defences), would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity) or in respect of any Transaction Security (without limitation and whether or not known to it or the Lender) including:

     

    
      42

      
        

    

    	(a)	
            this Agreement being or later becoming void, unenforceable or illegal as regards the Borrower or the Guarantor;

          

     

    	(b)	
            the Lender entering into any rescheduling, refinancing or other arrangement of any kind with the Borrower or the Guarantor;

          

     

    	(c)	
            the Lender releasing the Borrower or the Guarantor or any Security created by a Finance Document;

          

     

    	(d)	
            any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Transaction Obligor or other person;

          

     

    	(e)	
            the release of any other Transaction Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

          

     

    	(f)	
            the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect or delay in perfecting, or refusal or neglect to take up or enforce, or delay in taking or enforcing any
              rights against, or security over assets of, any Transaction Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any
              security;

          

     

    	(g)	
            any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of a Transaction Obligor or any other person;

          

     

    	(h)	
            any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including, without
              limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

          

     

    	(i)	
            any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

          

     

    	(j)	
            any insolvency or similar proceedings.

          

     

    	17.5	
            Immediate recourse

          

     

    The Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring the Lender (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or
      claim payment from any person (including without limitation to commence any proceedings under any Finance Document or to enforce any Transaction Security) before claiming or commencing proceedings under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity).  This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

     

    	17.6	
            Appropriations

          

     

    Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Transaction Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, the Lender
      (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

     

    	(a)	
            refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by the Lender (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such
              manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Guarantor shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

          

     

    
      43

      
        

    

    	(b)	
            hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Guarantor or on account of the Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity).

          

     

    	17.7	
            Deferral of Guarantor’s rights

          

     

    All rights which the Guarantor at any time has (whether in respect of this guarantee, a mortgage or any other transaction) against the Borrower, any other Transaction Obligor
      or their respective assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Lender under the Finance Documents and until the end of the Security Period and unless the Lender otherwise directs, the Guarantor will not exercise any rights which it may
      have (whether in respect of any Finance Document to which it is a Party or any other transaction) by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this
      Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity):

     

    	(a)	
            to be indemnified by a Transaction Obligor;

          

     

    	(b)	
            to claim any contribution from any third party providing security for, or any other guarantor of, any Transaction Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

          

     

    	(c)	
            to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Lender under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in
              connection with, the Finance Documents by the Lender;

          

     

    	(d)	
            to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Transaction Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which the Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or
              indemnity under Clause 17.1 (Guarantee and Indemnity);

          

     

    	(e)	
            to exercise any right of set-off against any Transaction Obligor; and/or

          

     

    	(f)	
            to claim or prove as a creditor of any Transaction Obligor in competition with the Lender.

          

     

    If the Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable
      all amounts which may be or become payable to the Lender by the Transaction Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Lender and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Lender or as the
      Lender may direct for application in accordance with Clause 28 (Payment Mechanics).

     

    	17.8	
            Additional security

          

     

    This guarantee and any other Security given by the Guarantor is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by, and shall not prejudice, any other guarantee or Security or
      any other right of recourse now or subsequently held by the Lender or any right of set-off or netting or right to combine accounts in connection with the Finance Documents.

     

    	17.9	
            Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other Security

          

     

    Clauses 17.2 (Continuing Guarantee), 17.3 (Reinstatement), 17.4 (Waiver of Defences), 17.5 (Immediate Resource), 17.6 (Appropriations), 17.7 (Deferral of Guarantors’ Rights)
      and 17.8 (Additional Security) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to any Security which the Guarantor creates (whether at the time at which it signs this Agreement or at any later time) to secure
      the Secured Liabilities or any part of them.

     

    
      44

      
        

    

    SECTION 8

     

    REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     

    	18	
            REPRESENTATIONS

          

     

    	18.1	
            General

          

     

    Each Obligor makes and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 18 (Representations)
      to the Lender on the date of this Agreement.

     

    	18.2	
            Status

          

     

    	(a)	
            Each Transaction Obligor is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing under the law of its Original Jurisdiction.

          

     

    	(b)	
            Each Transaction Obligor and, in the case of the Guarantor, each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

          

     

    	18.3	
            Shares and ownership

          

     

    	(a)	
            The Borrower is authorised to issue 500 registered shares of no par value common stock, all of which shares have been issued in registered form and are fully
                paid and non-assessable. The legal title to and beneficial interest in the shares of the Borrower are held by the Guarantor free of any Security (except for Permitted Security) or any other claim.

          

     

    	(b)	
            None of the shares in the Borrower is subject to any option to purchase, pre-emption rights or similar rights.

          

     

    	18.4	
            Binding obligations

          

     

    The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

     

    	18.5	
            Validity, effectiveness and ranking of Security

          

     

    	(a)	
            Each Finance Document to which it is a party does now or, as the case may be, will upon execution and delivery and, where applicable, registration as provided for in that Finance Document create the Security it
              purports to create over any assets to which such Security, by its terms, relates, and such Security will, when created or intended to be created, be valid and effective.

          

     

    	(b)	
            No third party has or will have any Security (except for Permitted Security) over any assets that are the subject of any Transaction Security granted by it.

          

     

    	(c)	
            The Transaction Security granted by it to the Lender has or will when created or intended to be created have first ranking priority or such other priority it is expressed to have in the Finance Documents and is
              not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Security.

          

     

    	(d)	
            No concurrence, consent or authorisation of any person is required for the creation of or otherwise in connection with any Transaction Security.

          

     

    
      45

      
        

    

    	18.6	
            Non-conflict with other obligations

          

     

    The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, each Transaction Document to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with:

     

    	(a)	
            any law or regulation applicable to it;

          

     

    	(b)	
            the constitutional documents of any Transaction Obligor; or

          

     

    	(c)	
            any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any such Transaction Obligor or any such Transaction Obligor’s assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or
              instrument.

          

     

    	18.7	
            Power and authority

          

     

    	(a)	
            It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            its entry into, performance and delivery of, each Transaction Document to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents; and

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            in the case of the Borrower, the registration of the Ship under the Approved Flag.

          

     

    	(b)	
            No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, granting of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

          

     

    	18.8	
            Validity and admissibility in evidence

          

     

    All Authorisations required or desirable:

     

    	(a)	
            to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Transaction Documents to which it is a party; and

          

     

    	(b)	
            to make the Transaction Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions,

          

     

    have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

     

    	18.9	
            Governing law and enforcement

          

     

    	(a)	
            The choice of governing law of each Transaction Document to which it is a party will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

          

     

    	(b)	
            Any judgment obtained in relation to a Transaction Document to which it is a party in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Transaction Document will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant
              Jurisdictions.

          

     

    
      46

      
        

    

    	18.10	
            Insolvency

          

     

    No:

     

    	(a)	
            corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of Clause 24.8 (Insolvency proceedings); or

          

     

    	(b)	
            creditors’ process described in Clause 24.9 (Creditors’ process),

          

     

    has been taken or, to its knowledge, threatened in relation to any Transaction Obligor; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 24.7 (Insolvency) applies to any Transaction Obligor.

     

    	18.11	
            No filing or stamp taxes

          

     

    Under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions it is not necessary that the Finance Documents to which it is a party be registered, filed, recorded, notarised or enrolled with
      any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents to which it is a party or the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents
      except any filing, recording or enrolling or any tax or fee payable which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation) and which will be made or paid promptly
      after the date of the relevant Finance Document.

     

    	18.12	
            Deduction of Tax

          

     

    It is not required to make any Tax Deduction from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to which it is a party.

     

    	18.13	
            No default

          

     

    	(a)	
            On the date of this Agreement and on the Utilisation Date, no Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of the Utilisation or the entry into, the performance of,
              or any transaction contemplated by, any Transaction Document.

          

     

    	(b)	
            No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default or a termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or to which its assets are
              subject, which in each case would be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          

     

    	18.14	
            No misleading information

          

     

    	(a)	
            Any factual information provided by any Transaction Obligor for the purposes of this Agreement was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which
              it is stated.

          

     

    	(b)	
            The financial projections contained in any such information have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions.

          

     

    	(c)	
            Nothing has occurred or been omitted from any such information and no information has been given or withheld that results in any such information being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

          

     

    
      47

      
        

    

    	18.15	
            Financial Statements

          

     

    	(a)	
            The Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

          

     

    	(b)	
            The Original Financial Statements give a true and fair view (if audited) and fairly represent (if unaudited) of the Obligors’ financial condition as at the end of the relevant financial year and results of
              operations during the relevant financial year (consolidated in the case of the Guarantor).

          

     

    	(c)	
            There has been no material adverse change in the assets, business or financial condition of each Obligor (and of the assets, business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case
              of the Guarantor) since the date of the Original Financial Statements.

          

     

    	(d)	
            Each Obligor’s most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 (Financial statements):

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            have been prepared in accordance with Clause 19.3 (Requirements as to financial statements); and

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            give a true and fair view (if audited) and fairly represent (if unaudited) of its financial condition as at the end of the relevant financial year and operations during the relevant financial year (consolidated
              in the case of the Guarantor).

          

     

    	(e)	
            Since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 (Financial statements) there has been no material adverse change in its
              business, assets or financial condition (or the business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the Guarantor).

          

     

    	18.16	
            Pari passu ranking

          

     

    Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other
      unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

     

    	18.17	
            No proceedings pending or threatened

          

     

    	(a)	
            No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) of or before any
              court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been started or threatened
              against it or any other Transaction Obligor.

          

     

    	(b)	
            No judgment or order of a court, arbitral tribunal or other tribunal or any order or sanction of any governmental or other regulatory body which might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect
              has (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been made against it or any other Transaction Obligor.

          

     

    	18.18	
            Validity and completeness of the Transaction Documents

          

     

    	(a)	
            Each of the Transaction Documents to which each Transaction Obligor is a party constitutes legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of that Transaction Obligor.

          

     

    
      48

      
        

    

    	(b)	
            The copies of the Transaction Documents delivered to the Lender before the date of this Agreement are true and complete copies.

          

     

    	(c)	
            No amendments or additions to the Transaction Documents have been agreed (other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) nor have any rights under the Transaction Documents been waived.

          

     

    	18.19	
            Valuations

          

     

    	(a)	
            All information supplied by it or on its behalf to an Approved Valuer for the purposes of a valuation delivered to the Lender in accordance with this Agreement was true and accurate as at the date it was
              supplied or (if appropriate) as at the date (if any) at which it is stated to be given.

          

     

    	(b)	
            It has not omitted to supply any information to an Approved Valuer which, if disclosed, would adversely affect any valuation prepared by such Approved Valuer.

          

     

    	(c)	
            There has been no change to the factual information provided pursuant to paragraph (a) above in relation to any valuation between the date such information was provided and the date of that valuation which, in
              either case, renders that information untrue or misleading in any material respect.

          

     

    	18.20	
            No breach of laws

          

     

    It has not (and no other Transaction Obligor) breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     

    	18.21	
            No Charter

          

     

    The Ship is not subject to any Charter other than a Permitted Charter.

     

    	18.22	
            Compliance with Environmental Laws

          

     

    All Environmental Laws relating to the ownership, operation and management of the Ship and the business of each Transaction Obligor (as now conducted and as reasonably
      anticipated to be conducted in the future) and the terms of all Environmental Approvals have been complied with.

     

    	18.23	
            No Environmental Claim

          

     

    No Environmental Claim has been made or threatened against any Transaction Obligor and any member of the Group or the Ship which might reasonably be expected to
        have a Material Adverse Effect.

     

    	18.24	
            No Environmental Incident

          

     

    No Environmental Incident has occurred and no person has claimed that an Environmental Incident has occurred.

     

    	18.25	
            ISM and ISPS Code compliance

          

     

    All requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code as they relate to the Borrower, each Approved Manager and the Ship have been complied with.

     

    
      49

      
        

    

    	18.26	
            Taxes paid

          

     

    	(a)	
            It is not materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not (and no other member of the Group is) overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax.

          

     

    	(b)	
            No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against it with respect to Taxes.

          

     

    	18.27	
            Financial Indebtedness

          

     

    The Borrower does not have any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

     

    	18.28	
            Overseas companies

          

     

    No Transaction Obligor has delivered particulars, whether in its name stated in the Finance Documents or any other name, of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies
      as required under the Overseas Regulations or, if it has so registered, it has provided to the Lender sufficient details to enable an accurate search against it to be undertaken by the Lender at the Companies Registry.

     

    	18.29	
            Good title to assets

          

     

    	(a)	
            Each Transaction Obligor has good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted.

          

     

    	18.30	
            Ownership

          

     

    	(a)	
            The Borrower is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Ship, the Earnings and the Insurances and of all rights and interests under any Charter.

          

     

    	(b)	
            With effect on and from the date of its creation or intended creation, each Transaction Obligor will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of any asset that is the subject of any Transaction Security created
              or intended to be created by such Transaction Obligor.

          

     

    	(c)	
            The constitutional documents of each Transaction Obligor do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of the shares of the Borrower on creation or enforcement of the security conferred by the Security
              Documents.

          

     

    	18.31	
            Centre of main interests and establishments

          

     

    For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 2015/848 on Insolvency Proceedings (recast) (the “Regulation”),
      each Transaction Obligor’s centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated at the address for communication stated in, Schedule 1, Part A (The Obligors) and it has
      no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(10) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

     

    	18.32	
            Place of business

          

     

    No Transaction Obligor has a place of business in any country other than the Hellenic Republic of Greece and its head office functions are carried out in each case at the
      address for communication stated in Schedule 1, Part A (The Obligors).

     

    
      50

      
        

    

    	18.33	
            No employee or pension arrangements

          

     

    No Obligor has any employees or any liabilities under any pension scheme.

     

    	18.34	
            Sanctions

          

     

    	(a)	
            None of the Transaction Obligors:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            is a Prohibited Person;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            is owned or controlled by or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Prohibited Person;

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            owns or controls a Prohibited Person; or

          

     

    	

          	(iv)	
            has a Prohibited Person serving as a director, officer or, to the best of its knowledge, employee.

          

     

    	(b)	
            No proceeds of the Loan shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person nor shall they be otherwise directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose
              prohibited by Sanctions.

          

     

    	18.35	
            US Tax Obligor

          

     

    No Transaction Obligor is a US Tax Obligor.

     

    	18.36	
            Repetition

          

     

    The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the date of the Utilisation Request and the
      first day of each Interest Period.

     

    	19	
            INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

          

     

    	19.1	
            General

          

     

    The undertakings in this Clause 19 (Information Undertakings) remain in force throughout the Security Period unless the Lender
      otherwise permits.

     

    	19.2	
            Financial statements

          

     

    As soon as they become available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each of its financial years to which they relate:

     

    	(a)	
            the Borrower shall supply to the Lender its annual unaudited financial statements for that financial year; and

          

     

    	(b)	
            the Guarantor shall supply to the Lender its annual audited consolidated financial statements for that financial year.

          

     

    	19.3	
            Requirements as to financial statements

          

     

    	(a)	
            Each set of financial statements delivered by each Obligor pursuant to Clause 19.2 (Financial Statements) shall be certified by an officer of the relevant company as
              giving a true and fair view (if audited) or fairly representing (if unaudited)of its financial condition and operations as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

          

     

    
      51

      
        

    

    	(b)	
            Each set of financial statements of each Obligor delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 (Financial Statements) shall be prepared using GAAP accounting practices and financial
              reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the relevant Original Financial Statements unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Lender that there has been a change in GAAP, the
              accounting practices or financial reference periods and the Guarantor’s auditors deliver to the Lender:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the GAAP, accounting practices and financial reference periods upon which the relevant Original Financial Statements were
              prepared; and

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Lender, to enable the Lender to make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial
              statements and the relevant Original Financial Statements.

          

     

    	(c)	
            Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were
              prepared.

          

     

    	19.4	
            Information: miscellaneous

          

     

    Each Obligor shall and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor shall supply to the Lender:

     

    	(a)	
            all documents dispatched by the Borrower or the Guarantor to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;

          

     

    	(b)	
            promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach
              of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code or in connection with any breach of any Sanctions) which are current, threatened or pending against any Transaction Obligor, and which might, if adversely determined reasonably, have a Material Adverse
              Effect;

          

     

    	(c)	
            promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any judgment or order of a court, arbitral body or agency or other tribunal or any order or sanction of any governmental or other regulatory body made
              against any Transaction Obligor which if adversely determined reasonably, might have a Material Adverse Effect;

          

     

    	(d)	
            promptly, its constitutional documents where these have been amended or varied;

          

     

    	(e)	
            promptly, such further information and/or documents regarding:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            the Ship, goods transported on the Ship, the Earnings and the Insurances;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            the Security Assets;

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            compliance of the Transaction Obligors with the terms of the Finance Documents;

          

     

    
      52

      
        

    

    	

          	(iv)	
            the financial condition, business, affairs, commitments and operations of any Transaction Obligor and any member of the Group irrespective of their shareholding structure,

          

     

    as the Lender may reasonably request; and

     

    	(f)	
            promptly, such further information and/or documents as the Lender may reasonably request so as to enable the Lender to comply with any laws applicable to it or as may be required by any regulatory authority.

          

     

    	19.5	
            Notification of Default

          

     

    	(a)	
            Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor shall, notify the Lender of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence
              (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

          

     

    	(b)	
            Promptly upon a request by the Lender, the Borrower shall supply to the Lender a certificate signed by two of its officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing,
              specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

          

     

    	19.6	
            DAC6

          

     

    	(a)	
            In this Clause 19.6 (DAC6), “DAC6” means the Council Directive of 25 May 2018 (2018/822/EU) amending Directive 2011/16/EU or any
              replacement legislation applicable in the United Kingdom.

          

     

    	(b)	
            The Obligors shall supply to the Lender:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            promptly upon the making of such analysis or the obtaining of such advice, any analysis made or advice obtained on whether any transaction contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any transaction carried
              out (or to be carried out) in connection with any transaction contemplated by the Transaction Documents contains a hallmark as set out in Annex IV of DAC6; and

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            promptly upon the making of such reporting and to the extent permitted by applicable law and regulation, any reporting made to any governmental or taxation authority by or on behalf of any member of the Group
              or by any adviser to such member of the Group in relation to DAC6 or any law or regulation which implements DAC6 and any unique identification number issued by any governmental or taxation authority to which any such report has been made (if
              available).

          

     

    	19.7	
            “Know your customer” checks

          

     

    If:

     

    	(a)	
            the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

          

     

    	(b)	
            any change in the status of a Transaction Obligor (or the Holding Company of a Transaction Obligor) (including, without limitation, a change of ownership of a Transaction Obligor or the Holding Company of a
              Transaction Obligor) after the date of this Agreement; or

          

     

    
      53

      
        

    

    	(c)	
            a proposed assignment by the Lender of any of its rights under this Agreement,

          

     

    obliges the Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c) above, any prospective assignee) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances
      where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is requested by the Lender at its absolute
      satisfaction (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, on behalf of any prospective assignee) in order for the Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, any prospective assignee to carry
      out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

     

    	20	
            GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

          

     

    	20.1	
            General

          

     

    The undertakings in this Clause 20 (General Undertakings) remain in force throughout the Security Period except as the Lender may
      otherwise permit.

     

    	20.2	
            Authorisations

          

     

    Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, promptly:

     

    	(a)	
            obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

          

     

    	(b)	
            supply certified copies to the Lender of,

          

     

    any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction or the state of the Approved Flag at any time of the Ship to enable it to:

     

    	

          	(i)	
            perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in any Relevant Jurisdiction and in the state of the Approved Flag at any time of the Ship of any Transaction Document to which it is a
              party; and

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            in the case of the Borrower, own and operate the Ship.

          

     

    	20.3	
            Compliance with laws

          

     

    Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that (i) each other Transaction Obligor and (ii) in the case of any Third Party Manager on a best effort basis, comply in all respects
      with all laws and regulations to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     

    	20.4	
            Environmental compliance

          

     

    Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that (i) each other Transaction Obligor and (ii) in relation to any Third Party Manager on a best effort basis will:

     

    	(a)	
            comply with all Environmental Laws;

          

     

    	(b)	
            obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Approvals;

          

     

    
      54

      
        

    

    	(c)	
            implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law,

          

     

    where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     

    	20.5	
            Environmental Claims

          

     

    Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will (through the Guarantor), promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Lender in writing
      of:

     

    	(a)	
            any Environmental Claim against any Transaction Obligor and any member of the Group which is current, pending or threatened; and

          

     

    	(b)	
            any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any Transaction Obligor and any member of the Group,

          

     

    where the claim, if determined against that Transaction Obligor or that member of the Group, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     

    	20.6	
            Taxation

          

     

    	(a)	
            Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and
              only to the extent that:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            such payment is being contested in good faith;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            adequate reserves are maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them and both have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Lender under Clause 19.2 (Financial statements); and

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            such payment can be lawfully withheld.

          

     

    	(b)	
            No Obligor shall (and the Obligors shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will), change its residence for Tax purposes.

          

     

    	20.7	
            Overseas companies

          

     

    Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor  will, promptly inform the Lender if it delivers to the Registrar particulars required under the
      Overseas Regulations of any UK Establishment and it shall comply with any directions given to it by the Lender regarding the recording of any Transaction Security on the register which it is required to maintain under The Overseas Companies
      (Execution of Documents and Registration of Charges) Regulations 2009.

     

    	20.8	
            No change to centre of main interests

          

     

    No Obligor shall, and the Obligors shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will, change the location of its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article
      3(1) of the Regulation) from that stated in relation to it in Clause 18.31 (Centre of main interests and establishments) and it will create no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(10) of the
      Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

     

    
      55

      
        

    

    	20.9	
            Pari passu ranking

          

     

    Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of the Lender against it under
      the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general
      application to companies.

     

    	20.10	
            Title

          

     

    	(a)	
            The Borrower holds the legal title to, and owns the entire beneficial interest in the Ship, the Earnings and the Insurances.

          

     

    	(b)	
            With effect on and from its creation or intended creation, each Transaction Obligor shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in any other assets the subject of any Transaction
              Security created or intended to be created by that Transaction Obligor.

          

     

    	20.11	
            Negative pledge

          

     

    	(a)	
            No Obligor shall, and the Obligors shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor or Third Party Manager will, create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets which are, in the case of the
              Transaction Obligors other than the Borrower or Third Party Manager, the subject of the Security created or intended to be created by the Finance Documents.

          

     

    	(b)	
            The Borrower shall not:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by a Transaction Obligor or Third Party Manager;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

          

     

    	

          	(iv)	
            enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

          

     

    in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

     

    	(c)	
            Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to any Permitted Security.

          

     

    	20.12	
            Disposals

          

     

    	(a)	
            The Borrower shall not enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset
              (including without limitation the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances).

          

     

    	(b)	
            Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any Charter as all Charters are subject to Clause 22.16 (Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.).

          

     

    	20.13	
            Merger

          

     

    No Obligor shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction Provided that in the case of
      the Guarantor such amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction is permitted without restrictions so long as (i) the Guarantor remains the surviving entity of any such process, (ii) no Default has occurred at the relevant
      time or would be triggered as a result of such process and (iii) the process of any such further amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     

    
      56

      
        

    

    	20.14	
            Change of business

          

     

    	(a)	
            No Obligor shall, and the Obligors shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will, make any substantial change to the general nature of its business from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

          

     

    	(b)	
            No Obligor shall, and the Obligors shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will, engage in any business other than the ownership, operation, chartering and management of the Ship.

          

     

    	20.15	
            Financial Indebtedness

          

     

    The Borrower shall not incur or permit to be outstanding any Financial Indebtedness except Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

     

    	20.16	
            Expenditure

          

     

    The Borrower shall not incur any expenditure, except for expenditure reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of owning, operating, maintaining and repairing the Ship.

     

    	20.17	
            Share capital

          

     

    The Borrower shall not:

     

    	(a)	
            purchase, cancel, redeem or retire any of its issued shares;

          

     

    	(b)	
            increase or reduce the number of shares that it is authorized to issue or change the par value of such shares or create any new class of shares;

          

     

    	(c)	
            issue any further shares except to the Guarantor and provided such new shares are made subject to the terms of the Shares Security immediately upon the issue of such new shares in a manner satisfactory to the
              Lender and the terms of the Shares Security are complied with; or

          

     

    	(d)	
            appoint any further director or officer of the Borrower (unless the provisions of the Shares Security are complied with).

          

     

    	20.18	
            Dividends

          

     

    The Borrower shall not:

     

    	(a)	
            declare, make or pay any dividend, charge, fee or other distribution (or interest on any unpaid dividend, charge, fee or other distribution) (in cash or in kind) on or in respect of its shares; or

          

     

    	(b)	
            repay or distribute any dividend or share premium reserve;

          

     

    	(c)	
            pay any management, advisory or other fee to or to the order of any of its shareholders;

          

     

    	(d)	
            redeem repurchase, defease, retire or repay any of its shares or resolve to do so;

          

     

    
      57

      
        

    

    	(e)	
            repay part of any Subordinated Liabilities,

          

     

    at any time during the Security Period if a Default has occurred and is continuing or where the making or payment of such dividend or distribution, or as the case may be, any
      such other action or occurrence set out in paragraphs (a) through (e) above would result in the occurrence of an Event of Default.

     

    	20.19	
            Other transactions

          

     

    The Borrower shall not:

     

    	(a)	
            be the creditor in respect of any loan or any form of credit to any person other than another Transaction Obligor or any member of the Group and where such loan or form of credit is Permitted Financial
              Indebtedness;

          

     

    	(b)	
            give or allow to be outstanding any guarantee or indemnity to or for the benefit of any person in respect of any obligation of any other person or enter into any document under which the Borrower assumes any
              liability of any other person other than any guarantee or indemnity given under the Finance Documents or any guarantee or indemnity issued in the ordinary course of its business of operating, trading and chartering the Ship owned by it;

          

     

    	(c)	
            enter into any material agreement other than:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            the Transaction Documents, the Management Agreements and the Permitted Charters;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            any other agreement expressly allowed under any other term of this Agreement;

          

     

    	(d)	
            enter into any transaction on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to the Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms’ length; or

          

     

    	(e)	
            acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks.

          

     

    	20.20	
            Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled

          

     

    No Obligor shall, and the Obligors shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will, do (or fail to do) or cause or permit another person to do (or omit to do) anything
      which is likely to:

     

    	(a)	
            make it unlawful for a Transaction Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Transaction Documents;

          

     

    	(b)	
            cause any obligation of a Transaction Obligor under the Transaction Documents to cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable;

          

     

    	(c)	
            cause any Transaction Document to cease to be in full force and effect;

          

     

    	(d)	
            cause any Transaction Security to rank after, or lose its priority to, any other Security; and

          

     

    	(e)	
            imperil or jeopardise the Transaction Security.

          

     

    
      58

      
        

    

    	20.21	
            Further assurance

          

     

    	(a)	
            Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, promptly, and in any event within the time period specified by the Lender do all such acts (including procuring or arranging any
              registration, notarisation or authentication or the giving of any notice) or execute or procure execution of all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices, instructions, acknowledgments, proxies and powers
              of attorney), as the Lender may specify (and in such form as the Lender may require in favour of the Lender or its nominee(s)):

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            to create, perfect, vest in favour of the Lender or protect the priority of the Security or any right of any kind created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Finance Documents (which may include
              the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of the Lender or
              any Receiver or Delegate provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            to confer on the Lender Security over any property and assets of that Transaction Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Finance
              Documents;

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            to facilitate or expedite the realisation and/or sale of, the transfer of title to or the grant of, any interest in or right relating to the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the
              Transaction Security or to exercise any power specified in any Finance Document in respect of which the Security has become enforceable; and/or

          

     

    	

          	(iv)	
            to enable or assist the Lender to enter into any transaction to commence, defend or conduct any proceedings and/or to take any other action relating to any item of the Security Property.

          

     

    	(b)	
            Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of
              the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Lender by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

          

     

    	(c)	
            At the same time as an Obligor delivers to the Lender any document executed by itself or another Transaction Obligor pursuant to this Clause 20.21 (Further assurance),
              that Obligor shall deliver, or shall procure that such other Transaction Obligor will deliver, to the Lender evidence acceptable to it that that Obligor’s or Transaction Obligor’s execution of such document has been duly authorized by it.

          

     

    	20.22	
            Ownership and control

          

     

    The Guarantor shall:

     

    	(a)	
            remain the direct owner of the shares of the Borrower and of the voting rights attaching to such shares; and

          

     

    	(b)	
            be the direct owner of shipping companies and of entities engaged in shipping related activities, all acceptable to the Lender.

          

     

    
      59

      
        

    

    	20.23	
            Funding of acquisition of Ship

          

     

    In the event that the acquisition cost of the Ship was funded by means of lending to the Borrower from any person or entity acceptable to the Lender, the Borrower shall ensure
      that the rights of such person or entity which funded the acquisition cost of the Ship shall be fully subordinated to all Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents pursuant to a Subordination Deed and the Subordinated Liabilities
      under that Subordinated Agreement are assigned in favour of the Lender pursuant to a Subordinated Debt Security.

     

    	20.24	
            Use of proceeds

          

     

    The Borrower shall ensure that no part of the proceeds of the Loan shall be used for the purposes of acquiring shares in the shares of the Lender or other banks
        and/or financial institutions or acquiring hybrid capital debentures of the Lender or other banks and/or financial institutions.

     

    	20.25	
            NASDAQ listing

          

     

    The Guarantor shall maintain its listing on the NASDAQ Stock Exchange or any other stock exchange acceptable to the Lender.

     

    	21	
            INSURANCE UNDERTAKINGS

          

     

    	21.1	
            General

          

     

    The undertakings in this Clause 21 (Insurance Undertakings) remain in force on and from the Utilisation Date and throughout the rest
      of the Security Period except as the Lender may otherwise permit.

     

    	21.2	
            Maintenance of obligatory insurances

          

     

    The Borrower shall keep the Ship insured at its expense against:

     

    	(a)	
            fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery and excess risks);

          

     

    	(b)	
            war risks;

          

     

    	(c)	
            protection and indemnity risks; and

          

     

    	(d)	
            any other risks against which the Lender considers, having regard to ship insurance or ship finance practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would be reasonable for the Borrower to
              insure and which are specified by the Lender by notice to the Borrower.

          

     

    	21.3	
            Terms of obligatory insurances

          

     

    The Borrower shall effect such insurances:

     

    	(a)	
            in dollars;

          

     

    	(b)	
            in the case of fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery and excess risks) and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            120 per cent. of aggregate of Loan; and

          

     

    
      60

      
        

    

    	

          	(ii)	
            the Market Value of the Ship;

          

     

    	(c)	
            in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international
              marine insurance market (currently $1,000,000,000);

          

     

    	(d)	
            in the case of protection and indemnity risks, in respect of the full tonnage of the Ship;

          

     

    	(e)	
            on approved terms; and

          

     

    	(f)	
            through Approved Brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks
              associations (which are members of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Associations).

          

     

    	21.4	
            Further protections for the Lender

          

     

    In addition to the terms set out in Clause 21.3 (Terms of obligatory insurances), the Borrower shall procure that the obligatory
      insurances shall:

     

    	(a)	
            subject always to paragraph (b), name the Borrower as the sole named insured unless the interest of every other named insured is limited:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;

          

     

    	

          	(A)	
            to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and

          

     

    	

          	(B)	
            to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made
              specifically against it;

          

     

    and every other named insured has undertaken in writing to the Lender (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between the Borrower and every
      other named insured in proportion to the gross claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Lender to collect or recover any moneys which at any time
      become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;

     

    	(b)	
            whenever the Lender requires, name (or be amended to name) the Lender as additional named insured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation
              against the Lender, but without the Lender being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;

          

     

    	(c)	
            name the Lender as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Lender may specify;

          

     

    	(d)	
            provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Lender shall be made without set off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

          

     

    
      61

      
        

    

    	(e)	
            provide that the obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Lender; and

          

     

    	(f)	
            provide that the Lender may make proof of loss if the Borrower fails to do so.

          

     

    	21.5	
            Renewal of obligatory insurances

          

     

    The Borrower shall:

     

    	(a)	
            at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            notify the Lender of the Approved Brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with which the Borrower proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the
              proposed terms of renewal; and

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            obtain the Lender’s approval to the matters referred to in sub-paragraph (i) above;

          

     

    	(b)	
            at least 7 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Lender’s approval pursuant to paragraph (a) above; and

          

     

    	(c)	
            procure that the Approved Brokers and/or the approved war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Lender in writing of
              the terms and conditions of the renewal.

          

     

    	21.6	
            Copies of policies; letters of undertaking

          

     

    The Borrower shall ensure that the Approved Brokers provide the Lender with:

     

    	(a)	
            pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew; and

          

     

    	(b)	
            a letter or letters of undertaking in a form required by the Lender and including undertakings by the Approved Brokers that:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 21.4 (Further
                protections for the Lender);

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Lender in accordance with such loss payable clause;

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            they will advise the Lender immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;

          

     

    	

          	(iv)	
            they will, if they have not received notice of renewal instructions from the Borrower or its agents, notify the Lender not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances;

          

     

    	

          	(v)	
            if they receive instructions to renew the obligatory insurances, they will promptly notify the Lender of the terms of the instructions;

          

     

    	

          	(vi)	
            they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of
              the Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of
              such premiums or other amounts; and

          

     

    
      62

      
        

    

    	

          	(vii)	
            they will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of the Ship forthwith upon being so requested by the Lender.

          

     

    	21.7	
            Copies of certificates of entry

          

     

    The Borrower shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship is entered provide the Lender with:

     

    	(a)	
            a  copy of the certificate of entry for the Ship;

          

     

    	(b)	
            a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Lender; and

          

     

    	(c)	
            a copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to the Ship.

          

     

    	21.8	
            Deposit of original policies

          

     

    The Borrower shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances are deposited with the Approved Brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

     

    	21.9	
            Payment of premiums

          

     

    The Borrower shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Lender.

     

    	21.10	
            Guarantee

          

     

    The Borrower shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

     

    	21.11	
            Compliance with terms of insurances

          

     

    	(a)	
            The Borrower shall not do nor omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any
              sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part.

          

     

    	(b)	
            Without limiting paragraph (a) above, the Borrower shall:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in sub-paragraph (iii) of
              paragraph (b) of Clause 21.6 (Copies of policies; letters of undertaking)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Lender has not
              given its prior approval;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            not make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances; and

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            not employ the Ship, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with
              any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

          

     

    
      63

      
        

    

    	21.12	
            Alteration to terms of insurances

          

     

    The Borrower shall not make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance or waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance
      unless it has obtained the written consent of the Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

     

    	21.13	
            Settlement of claims

          

     

    The Borrower shall:

     

    	(a)	
            not settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty; and

          

     

    	(b)	
            do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Lender to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.

          

     

    	21.14	
            Provision of copies of communications

          

     

    The Borrower shall provide the Lender, at the time of each such material  communication (other than communications of an entirely routine nature), with copies of all written
      communications between the Borrower and:

     

    	(a)	
            the Approved Brokers;

          

     

    	(b)	
            the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and

          

     

    	(c)	
            the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters,

          

     

    which relate directly or indirectly to:

     

    	

          	(i)	
            the Borrower’s obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            any credit arrangements made between the Borrower and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.

          

     

    	21.15	
            Provision of information

          

     

    The Borrower shall promptly provide the Lender (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Lender (or any such designated person) requests for the
      purpose of:

     

    	(a)	
            obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or

          

     

    	(b)	
            effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 21.16 (Mortgagee’s interest and, additional perils insurances) or dealing with or
              considering any matters relating to any such insurances,

          

     

    and the Borrower shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Lender in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Lender in connection with
      any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a) above.

     

    
      64

      
        

    

    	21.16	
            Mortgagee’s interest and, additional perils insurances

          

     

    	(a)	
            The Lender shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew a mortgagee’s interest marine insurance, and a mortgagee’s interest additional perils insurance each in an amount of not less than
              120 per cent. of the aggregate of the Loan and otherwise on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Lender may from time to time consider appropriate.

          

     

    	(b)	
            The Borrower shall upon demand fully indemnify the Lender in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any insurance
              referred to in paragraph (a) above or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

          

     

    	22	
            SHIP UNDERTAKINGS

          

     

    	22.1	
            General

          

     

    The undertakings in this Clause 22 (Ship Undertakings) remain in force on and from the Utilisation Date and throughout the rest of the
      Security Period except as the Lender may otherwise permit.

     

    	22.2	
            Ship’s name and registration

          

     

    The Borrower shall:

     

    	(a)	
            keep the Ship registered in its name under the Approved Flag from time to time at its port of registration;

          

     

    	(b)	
            not do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be suspended, cancelled or imperilled;

          

     

    	(c)	
            not enter into any dual flagging arrangement in respect of the Ship; and

          

     

    	(d)	
            not change the name of the Ship,

          

     

    provided that any change of flag of the Ship shall be subject to:

     

    	

          	(i)	
            the written consent of the Lender;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            the Ship remaining subject to Security securing the Secured Liabilities created by a first priority or preferred ship mortgage on the Ship and, if appropriate, a first priority deed of covenant collateral to
              that mortgage (or equivalent first priority Security) on substantially the same terms as the Mortgage and on such other terms and in such other form as the Lender shall approve or require; and

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            the execution of such other documentation amending and supplementing the Finance Documents as the Lender shall approve or require.

          

     

    
      65

      
        

    

    	22.3	
            Repair and classification

          

     

    The Borrower shall keep the Ship in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

     

    	(a)	
            consistent with first class ship ownership and management practice; and

          

     

    	(b)	
            so as to maintain the Approved Classification with an Approved Classification Society free of overdue recommendations and conditions.

          

     

    	22.4	
            Classification society undertaking

          

     

    If required by the Lender in writing the Borrower shall instruct the Approved Classification Society (and procure that the Approved Classification Society undertakes with the
      Lender):

     

    	(a)	
            to send to the Lender, following receipt of a written request from the Lender, certified true copies of all original class records held by the Approved Classification Society in relation to the Ship;

          

     

    	(b)	
            to allow the Lender (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of the Borrower and the Ship at the offices of the Approved Classification Society and
              to take copies of them;

          

     

    	(c)	
            to notify the Lender immediately in writing if the Approved Classification Society:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            receives notification from the Borrower or any person that the Ship’s Approved Classification Society is to be changed; or

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of the Ship’s class under the rules or terms and conditions of the
              Borrower or the Ship’s membership of the Approved Classification Society;

          

     

    	(d)	
            following receipt of a written request from the Lender:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            to confirm that the Borrower is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society, including confirmation that it has paid in full all fees or other
              charges due and payable to the Approved Classification Society; or

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            to confirm that the Borrower is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society, to specify to the Lender in detail the facts and circumstances of such
              default, the consequences of such default, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the Approved Classification Society.

          

     

    	22.5	
            Modifications

          

     

    Unless with the prior written consent from the Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Borrower shall not make any modification or repairs to, or
      replacement of, the Ship or equipment installed on it which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of the Ship or materially reduce its value.

     

    
      66

      
        

    

    	22.6	
            Removal and installation of parts

          

     

    	(a)	
            Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Borrower shall not remove any material part of the Ship, or any item of equipment installed on the Ship unless:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            the replacement part or item is free from any Security in favour of any person other than the Lender; and

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            the replacement part or item becomes, on installation on the Ship, the property of the Borrower and subject to the security constituted by the Mortgage.

          

     

    	(b)	
            The Borrower may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship.

          

     

    	22.7	
            Surveys

          

     

    The Borrower shall submit the Ship regularly to all periodic or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Lender, provide the
      Lender, with copies of all survey reports.

     

    	22.8	
            Inspection

          

     

    The Borrower shall permit the Lender (acting through surveyors or other persons appointed by and reporting to the Lender for that purpose) to board the Ship to inspect its
      condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and the Borrower shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections.  Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, such inspections shall be at
      reasonable times and upon reasonable notice and without interfering with the Ship’s normal course of trading, and no more than one such inspection in each calendar year shall be at the Borrower’s expense.  If an Event of Default has occurred which is
      continuing the Lender may inspect the Ship as often as it deems necessary or desirable, without restriction, all at the Borrower’s expense.

     

    	22.9	
            Prevention of and release from arrest

          

     

    	(a)	
            The Borrower shall promptly discharge:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            all Taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances; and

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances.

          

     

    	(b)	
            The Borrower shall, immediately upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, take all steps necessary to procure its release by
              providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

          

     

    
      67

      
        

    

    	22.10	
            Compliance with laws etc.

          

     

    Each Obligor shall (and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor shall):

     

    	(a)	
            comply, or procure compliance with all laws or regulations:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            relating to its business generally; and

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            relating to the Ship, its ownership, employment, operation, management and registration,

          

     

    including, but not limited to, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, all Sanctions and the laws of the Approved Flag;

     

    	(b)	
            obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any Environmental Approvals; and

          

     

    	(c)	
            without limiting paragraph (a) above, not employ the Ship nor allow its employment, operation or management in any manner contrary to any law or regulation including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS
              Code, all Environmental Laws and Sanctions.

          

     

    	22.11	
            ISPS Code

          

     

    Without limiting paragraph (a) of Clause 22.10 (Compliance with laws etc.), the Borrower shall (and shall procure that each Approved
      Manager will):

     

    	(a)	
            procure that the Ship and the company responsible for the Ship’s compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and

          

     

    	(b)	
            maintain an ISSC for the Ship; and

          

     

    	(c)	
            notify the Lender immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.

          

     

    	22.12	
            Sanctions and Ship trading

          

     

    Without limiting Clause 22.10 (Compliance with laws etc.), the Borrower shall procure:

     

    	(a)	
            that the Ship shall not be used by or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person;

          

     

    	(b)	
            that the Ship shall not be used in trading in any manner contrary to Sanctions (or which could be contrary to Sanctions if Sanctions were binding on each Transaction Obligor and Third Party Manager);

          

     

    	(c)	
            that the Ship shall not be traded in any manner which would trigger the operation of any sanctions limitation or exclusion clause (or similar) in the Insurances; and

          

     

    	(d)	
            that each charterparty in respect of the Ship shall contain, for the benefit of the Borrower, language which gives effect to the provisions of paragraph (c) of Clause 22.10 (Compliance

                with laws etc.) as regards Sanctions and of this Clause 22.12 (Sanctions and Ship trading) and which permits refusal of employment or voyage orders if compliance would result in a breach of
              Sanctions (or which would result in a breach of Sanctions if Sanctions were binding on each Transaction Obligor and/or Third Party Manager).

          

     

    
      68

      
        

    

    	22.13	
            Trading in war zones or excluded areas

          

     

    The Borrower shall not cause or permit the Ship to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by the Ship’s war risks insurers or which is
      otherwise excluded from the scope of coverage of the obligatory insurances unless:

     

    	(a)	
            the prior written consent of the Lender has been given; and

          

     

    	(b)	
            the Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the insurers and the Lender may require.

          

     

    	22.14	
            Provision of information

          

     

    Without prejudice to Clause 19.4 (Information: miscellaneous) the Borrower shall promptly provide the Lender with any information
      which it requests regarding:

     

    	(a)	
            the Ship, its employment, position and engagements;

          

     

    	(b)	
            the Earnings and payments and amounts due to its master and crew;

          

     

    	(c)	
            any expenditure incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Ship and any payments made by it in respect of the Ship;

          

     

    	(d)	
            any towages and salvages; and

          

     

    	(e)	
            its compliance, each Approved Manager’s compliance and the compliance of the Ship with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code and any Sanctions,

          

     

    and, upon the Lender’s request, promptly provide copies of any current Charter relating to the Ship, of any current guarantee of any such Charter, the Ship’s Safety Management
      Certificate and any relevant Document of Compliance.

     

    	22.15	
            Notification of certain events

          

     

    The Borrower shall immediately notify the Lender by email of:

     

    	(a)	
            any casualty to the Ship which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

          

     

    	(b)	
            any occurrence as a result of which the Ship has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

          

     

    	(c)	
            any requisition of the Ship for hire;

          

     

    	(d)	
            any requirement or recommendation made in relation to the Ship by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not immediately complied with;

          

     

    	(e)	
            any arrest or detention of the Ship or any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on the Ship or the Earnings;

          

     

    	(f)	
            any intended dry docking of the Ship;

          

     

    	(g)	
            any Environmental Claim made against the Borrower or in connection with the Ship, or any Environmental Incident;

          

     

    
      69

      
        

    

    	(h)	
            any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against the Borrower, any Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with the Ship; or

          

     

    	(i)	
            any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with,

          

     

    and the Borrower shall keep the Lender advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Lender shall require as to the Borrower’s, each Approved Manager’s or
      any other person’s response to any of those events or matters.

     

    	22.16	
            Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.

          

     

    The Borrower shall not:

     

    	(a)	
            let the Ship on demise charter for any period;

          

     

    	(b)	
            enter into any time, voyage or consecutive voyage charter in respect of the Ship other than a Permitted Charter;

          

     

    	(c)	
            materially amend, supplement, cancel or terminate any Management Agreement or an Assignable Charter (and for the avoidance of doubt, but without limitation, any amendment in relation to the parties, terms of
              hire, the time of the payment, the management fee is considered material provided that the Borrower may agree to increase in management fee once a year in line with market standard unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing);

          

     

    	(d)	
            appoint a manager of the Ship other than an Approved Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of an Approved Manager’s appointment;

          

     

    	(e)	
            de activate or lay up the Ship; or

          

     

    	(f)	
            put the Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $1,000,000 (or the
                equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Lender and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on the Ship or the Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.

          

     

    	22.17	
            Notice of Mortgage

          

     

    The Borrower shall keep the Mortgage registered against the Ship as a valid first priority or, as the case may be, preferred mortgage, carry on board the Ship a certified copy
      of the Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the master’s cabin of the Ship a framed printed notice stating that the Ship is mortgaged by the Borrower to the Lender.

     

    	22.18	
            Sharing of Earnings

          

     

    The Borrower shall not enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings.

     

    
      70

      
        

    

    	22.19	
            Assignable Charter

          

     

    If the Borrower enters into any Assignable Charter subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Lender in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 22.16 (Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.), the Borrower shall, at the request of the Lender, arrange service of notice of assignment to the relevant party and shall use reasonable commercial
      efforts to procure that the charterer provides the acknowledgement under the General Assignment.

     

    	22.20	
            Notification of compliance

          

     

    The Borrower shall promptly provide the Lender from time to time with evidence (in such form as the Lender requires) that it is complying with this Clause 22 (Ship Undertakings).

     

    	23	
            SECURITY COVER

          

     

    	23.1	
            Minimum required security cover

          

     

    Clause 23.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment) applies if the Lender notifies the Borrower that the Security Cover Ratio
      is below 130 per cent.

     

    	23.2	
            Provision of additional security; prepayment

          

     

    	(a)	
            If the Lender serves a notice on the Borrower under Clause 23.1 (Minimum required security cover), the Borrower or the Guarantor shall, on or before the date falling 30
              Business Days after the date on which the Lender’s notice is served (the “Prepayment Date”), prepay such part of the Loan as shall eliminate the shortfall.

          

     

    	(b)	
            The Borrower or the Guarantor may, instead of making a prepayment as described in paragraph (a) above, provide, or ensure that a third party has provided, additional security, including cash deposits pledged in
              favour of the lender which, in the opinion of the Lender:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall; and

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            is documented in such terms as the Lender may approve or require,

          

     

    before the Prepayment Date; and conditional upon such security being provided in such manner, it shall satisfy such prepayment obligation.

     

    	23.3	
            Value of additional vessel security

          

     

    The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 23.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment)
      and which consists of Security over a vessel shall be the Market Value of the vessel concerned.

     

    	23.4	
            Valuations binding

          

     

    Any valuation under this Clause 23 (Security Cover) shall be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrower.

     

    
      71

      
        

    

    	23.5	
            Provision of information

          

     

    	(a)	
            The Borrower shall promptly provide the Lender and any Approved Valuer acting under this Clause 23 (Security Cover) with any information which the Lender or that
              Approved Valuer may request for the purposes of the valuation.

          

     

    	(b)	
            If the Borrower fails to provide the information referred to in paragraph (a) above by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the Approved Valuer or the
              Lender considers prudent.

          

     

    	23.6	
            Prepayment mechanism

          

     

    Any prepayment pursuant to Clause 23.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment) shall be made in accordance with the relevant
      provisions of Clause 7 (Prepayment and Cancellation) and shall be treated as a voluntary prepayment pursuant to Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment of Loan); however, the
      application of such prepayment should be  applied against the outstanding Repayment Instalments (including the Balloon Instalment) in order of maturity commencing with the next Repayment Instalment due after the date of such prepayment.

     

    	23.7	
            Provision of valuations

          

     

    	(a)	
            The Lender shall at such times as the Lender shall deem necessary and, in any event, at least twice during each calendar year on 30 June and 31 December, following the date of this Agreement, be provided with a
              valuation of the Ship and any other vessel over which additional Security has been created in accordance with Clause 23.2 (Provision of additional security; prepayment) from an Approved Valuer selected
              by the Lender to enable the Lender to determine the Market Value of the Ship or any other vessel and for the purposes of determining the relevant percentage referred to in Clause 23 (Security Cover).

          

     

    	(b)	
            The cost of all such valuations shall be borne by the Borrower.

          

     

    	23.8	
            Release of additional security

          

     

    If the Security Cover Ratio set out in Clause 23.1 (Minimum required security cover) shall at
      the relevant time at least equal to the percentage required pursuant to Clause 23.1 (Minimum required security cover) and the Borrower shall have previously provided
      further security pursuant to this Clause 23 (Security Cover), the Lender, after receiving a notice from the Borrower to do so (such notice to include evidence, at the
      cost of the Borrower, satisfactory to the Lender that the ratio specified in Clause 23.1 (Minimum required security cover) has been maintained for a period of 3 months
      prior to such notice) will, subject to being indemnified to its satisfaction against the cost of doing so, release any such further security specified by the Borrower to the extent that the relevant ratio shall continue to be at least the percentage
      required pursuant to Clause 23.1 (Minimum required security cover) at the relevant time following such release provided that at
      the relevant time no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will result from such release.

     

    	24	
            EVENTS OF DEFAULT

          

     

    	24.1	
            General

          

     

    Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 24 (Events of Default) is an Event of Default except for Clause 24.20 (Acceleration) and Clause 24.22 (Enforcement of security).

     

    
      72

      
        

    

    	24.2	
            Non-payment

          

     

    A Transaction Obligor or Third Party Manager does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is
      expressed to be payable unless:

     

    	(a)	
             its failure to pay is caused by:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            administrative or technical error; or

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            a Disruption Event; and

          

     

    	(b)	
            payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date or.

          

     

    	24.3	
            Specific obligations

          

     

    A breach occurs of Clause 4.5 (Waiver of conditions precedent), Clause 20.10 (Title), Clause
      20.11(a) (Negative pledge), Clause 20.20 (Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled), Clause 21.2 (Maintenance of
        obligatory insurances), Clause 21.3 (Terms of obligatory insurances), Clause 21.5 (Renewal of obligatory insurances) or save to the extent such breach is a
      failure to pay and therefore subject to Clause 24.2 (Non-payment), Clause 23 (Security Cover).

     

    	24.4	
            Other obligations

          

     

    	(a)	
            A Transaction Obligor or Third Party Manager does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 24.2 (Non-payment) and
              Clause 24.3 (Specific obligations)).

          

     

    	(b)	
            No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within five (5) Business Days of the Lender giving notice to the Borrower or (if earlier)
              any Transaction Obligor or any Third Party Manager becoming aware of the failure to comply.

          

     

    	24.5	
            Misrepresentation

          

     

    Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by a Transaction Obligor or any Third Party Manager in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on
      behalf of any Transaction Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to be made.

     

    	24.6	
            Cross default

          

     

    	(a)	
            Any Financial Indebtedness of any Transaction Obligor is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

          

     

    	(b)	
            Any Financial Indebtedness of any Transaction Obligor is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

          

     

    	(c)	
            Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any Transaction Obligor is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any Transaction Obligor as a result of an event of default (however described).

          

     

    
      73

      
        

    

    	(d)	
            Any creditor of any Transaction Obligor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any Transaction Obligor due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of
              default (however described).

          

     

    	(e)	
            No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 24.6 (Cross default) in respect of the Guarantor if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling
              within paragraphs (a) to (d) above is less than in relation to the Guarantor $5,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency).

          

     

    	24.7	
            Insolvency

          

     

    	(a)	
            A Transaction Obligor or Third Party Manager:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            is deemed to, or is declared to, be unable to pay its debts under applicable law;

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            suspends or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts; or

          

     

    	

          	(iv)	
            by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (excluding the Lender in its capacity as such) with a view to rescheduling any of its
              indebtedness.

          

     

    	(b)	
            The value of the assets of any Transaction Obligor is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

          

     

    	(c)	
            A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Transaction Obligor. If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

          

     

    	24.8	
            Insolvency proceedings

          

     

    	(a)	
            Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, seeking bankruptcy protection, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or
              otherwise) of any Transaction Obligor or any Third Party Manager;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Transaction Obligor or any Third Party Manager;

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Transaction Obligor or any of its assets; or

          

     

    	

          	(iv)	
            enforcement of any Security over any assets of any Transaction Obligor or any Third Party Manager,

          

     

    or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

     

    	(b)	
            Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any winding-up petition or other proceeding which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 14 days of commencement.

          

     

    
      74

      
        

    

    	24.9	
            Creditors’ process

          

     

    Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution (or any analogous process in any jurisdiction) affects any asset or assets of a Transaction Obligor (other
      than an arrest or detention of the Ship referred to in Clause 24.14 (Arrest)) and is not discharged within 20 Business Days.

     

    	24.10	
            Ownership

          

     

    The Borrower ceases to be (a) 100% directly owned by the Guarantor; or (b) directly or indirectly controlled by the Guarantor.

     

    	24.11	
            Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking

          

     

    	(a)	
            It is or becomes unlawful for a Transaction Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.

          

     

    	(b)	
            Any obligation of a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable.

          

     

    	(c)	
            Any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or to be continuing or is or purports to be determined or any Transaction Security is alleged by a party to it (other than the Lender) to be
              ineffective.

          

     

    	(d)	
            Any Transaction Security proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, any other Security.

          

     

    	24.12	
            Security imperilled

          

     

    Any Security created or intended to be created by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy.

     

    	24.13	
            Cessation of business

          

     

    Any Transaction Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business.

     

    	24.14	
            Arrest

          

     

    Any arrest of the Ship or its detention in the exercise or the purported exercise of any lien or claim unless it is redelivered to the full control of the
        Borrower within 45 days of such arrest or detention.

     

    	24.15	
            Expropriation

          

     

    The authority or ability of any Transaction Obligor or any Third Party Manager to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure,
      expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any Transaction Obligor or any Third Party Manager or any of its assets,
      unless such Transaction Obligor or any Third Party Manager upon receiving notice of such event procures the release of the relevant assets and such assets are redelivered to the full control of that Transaction Obligor within 10 Business Days of such
      event, or any Third Party Manager other than:

     

    
      75

      
        

    

    	(a)	
            an arrest or detention of the Ship referred to in Clause 24.14 (Arrest); or

          

     

    	(b)	
            any Requisition.

          

     

    	24.16	
            Repudiation and rescission of agreements

          

     

    A Transaction Obligor (or any other relevant party) rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Transaction Document or any of the Transaction
      Security or evidences an intention to rescind or repudiate a Transaction Document or any Transaction Security or a Transaction Document or any of the Transaction Security otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason.

     

    	24.17	
            Litigation

          

     

    Any litigation, arbitration or administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or any investigations of, or before, any court, arbitral body or
      agency are commenced or threatened, or any judgment or order of a court, arbitral body, agency or tribunal or other tribunal or any order or sanction of any governmental or other regulatory body is made, in relation to any of the Transaction
      Documents or the transactions contemplated in any of the Transaction Documents or against any member of the Group or their assets which have or, if adversely determined, is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, unless (i) the relevant
      member of the Group has taken active measures to dispute such proceedings or disputes and such proceedings or disputes are dismissed or withdrawn within 14 days of being made or presented or (ii) the combined value of such proceedings or disputes in
      respect of such member of the Group (other than a Borrower) does not exceed $1,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) in aggregate.

     

    	24.18	
            Material adverse change

          

     

    Any event or circumstance occurs which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     

    	24.19	
            Sanctions

          

     

    	(a)	
            Any of the Transaction Obligors, or any Third Party Manager or a member of the Group becomes a Prohibited Person or becomes owned or controlled by, or acts directly or indirectly on behalf of, a Prohibited
              Person or any of such persons becomes the owner or controller of a Prohibited Person.

          

     

    	(b)	
            Any proceeds of the Loan is made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person or otherwise is, directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by
              Sanctions.

          

     

    	(c)	
            Any Transaction Obligor, or any Third Party Manager is not in compliance with all Sanctions.

          

     

    	24.20	
            Replacement of Manager

          

     

    No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 24 (Events of Default) in respect of a Third Party Manager if the Borrower replaces
      such Third Party Manager with another Approved Manager and delivers to the Lender the documents referred in paragraphs 2.1 and 2.4 of Part B of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent and Subsequent) within 10
      Business Days from the date of such occurrence.

     

    
      76

      
        

    

    	24.21	
            Acceleration

          

     

    On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Lender may by notice to the Borrower:

     

    	(a)	
            cancel the Commitment, whereupon it shall immediately be cancelled;

          

     

    	(b)	
            declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon it shall become
              immediately due and payable; and/or

          

     

    	(c)	
            declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, whereupon it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Lender,

          

     

    and the Lender may serve notices under paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above simultaneously or on different dates and the Lender may take any action referred to in Clause 24.22 (Enforcement of security) if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of any of such notice.

     

    	24.22	
            Enforcement of security

          

     

    On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default the Lender may take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under Clause
      24.20 (Acceleration), the Lender is entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law or regulation.

     

    
      77

      
        

    

    SECTION 9

     

    CHANGES TO THE PARTIES

     

    	25	
            CHANGES TO THE LENDER

          

     

    	25.1	
            Assignment by the Lender

          

     

    Subject to this Clause 25 (Changes to the Lender), the Lender (the “Existing Lender”) may
      assign all (but not part) of its rights under the Finance Documents to another person other than an individual (the “New Lender”).

     

    	25.2	
            Conditions of assignment

          

     

    	(a)	
            The consent of the Borrower is required for an assignment by the Existing Lender, unless the assignment is:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            to financial institution or bank which:

          

     

    	

          	(A)	
            has a dedicated ship finance lending desk and business; and

          

     

    	

          	(B)	
            is not a trust or fund or pension fud or insurance company or another entity engaged in or established for the purposes of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            to an Affiliate of the Existing Lender;

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            if the Existing Lender is a fund, to a fund which is a Related Fund; or

          

     

    	

          	(iv)	
            made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing.

          

     

    	(b)	
            The consent of the Borrower to an assignment must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  The Borrower will be deemed to have given its consent five Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it
              unless consent is expressly refused by the Borrower within that time.

          

     

    	(c)	
            If:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            the Existing Lender assigns any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment or change occurs, a Transaction Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or the Existing Lender acting through its new
              Facility Office under Clause 12 (Tax Gross Up and Indemnities) or under that clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document or Clause 13 (Increased

                Costs),

          

     

    then the New Lender or the Existing Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing
      Lender would have been if the assignment or change had not occurred.

     

    	(d)	
            Each Obligor on behalf of itself and each Transaction Obligor agrees that all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Existing Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are
              assigned to the New Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Existing Lender’s title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower or any other Transaction Obligor had against the Existing Lender.

          

     

    
      78

      
        

    

    	(e)	
            No costs or expenses in relation to such an assignment or transfer shall be borne by any Transaction Obligor.

          

     

    	25.3	
            Security over Lender’s rights

          

     

    In addition to the other rights provided to the Lender under this Clause 25 (Changes to the Lender), the Lender may without consulting
      with or obtaining consent from any Transaction Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of the
      Lender including, without limitation:

     

    	(a)	
            any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

          

     

    	(b)	
            if the Lender is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by the Lender as security for those
              obligations or securities,

          

     

    except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

     

    	

          	(i)	
            release the Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents;
              or

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            require any payments to be made by a Transaction Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the Lender under the Finance
              Documents.

          

     

    	26	
            CHANGES TO THE TRANSACTION OBLIGORS

          

     

    	26.1	
            Assignment or transfer by Transaction Obligors

          

     

    No Transaction Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

     

    	26.2	
            Additional Subordinated Creditors

          

     

    	(a)	
            The Borrower may request that any person becomes a Subordinated Creditor, with the prior approval of the Lender, by delivering to the Lender:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            a duly executed Subordination Deed;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            a duly executed Subordinated Debt Security; and

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            such constitutional documents, corporate authorisations and other documents and matters as the Lender may reasonably require, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, to verify that the person’s
              obligations are legally binding, valid and enforceable and to satisfy any applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

          

     

    
      79

      
        

    

    	(b)	
            A person referred to in paragraph (a) above will become a Subordinated Creditor on the date the Lender enters into the Subordination Deed and the Subordinated Debt Security is delivered under paragraph (a)
              above.

          

     

    	27	
            THE REFERENCE BANKS

          

     

    	27.1	
            Role of Reference Banks

          

     

    	(a)	
            No Reference Bank is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to the Lender.

          

     

    	(b)	
            No Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, or for any Reference Bank Quotation, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful
              misconduct.

          

     

    	(c)	
            No Party (other than the relevant Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of any Reference Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that Reference Bank or in
              respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any Reference Bank Quotation, and any officer, employee or agent of each Reference Bank may rely on this Clause 27.1 (Role of Reference Banks) subject to Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

          

     

    	27.2	
            Third Party Reference Banks

          

     

    A Reference Bank which is not a Party may rely on Clause 27.1 (Role of Reference Banks), and Clause 40 (Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations) subject to Clause 1.5 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

     

    
      80

      
        

    

    SECTION 10

     

    ADMINISTRATION

     

    	28	
            PAYMENT MECHANICS

          

     

    	28.1	
            Payments to the Lender

          

     

    	(a)	
            On each date on which a Transaction Obligor is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Transaction Obligor shall make an amount equal to such payment available to the Lender (unless a contrary
              indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Lender as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

          

     

    	(b)	
            Payment shall be made to the payment account (as set out in a separate repayment letter issued by the Lender), or such account in the principal financial centre
                of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in such Participating Member State or London, as specified by the Lender) and with such bank as the Lender, in each case, specifies in writing.

          

     

    	28.2	
            Application of receipts; partial payments

          

     

    	(a)	
            If the Lender receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Lender may apply that payment towards the
              obligations of that Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents in any manner it may decide.

          

     

    	(b)	
            Paragraph (a) above will override any appropriation made by a Transaction Obligor.

          

     

    	28.3	
            No set-off by Transaction Obligors

          

     

    All payments to be made by a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or
      counterclaim.

     

    	28.4	
            Business Days

          

     

    	(a)	
            Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business
              Day (if there is not).

          

     

    	(b)	
            During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or an Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

          

     

    	28.5	
            Currency of account

          

     

    	(a)	
            Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from a Transaction Obligor under any Finance Document.

          

     

    	(b)	
            Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

          

     

    
      81

      
        

    

    	(c)	
            Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

          

     

    	28.6	
            Change of currency

          

     

    	(a)	
            Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that
              country designated by the Lender (after consultation with the Borrower); and

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other,
              rounded up or down by the Lender (acting reasonably).

          

     

    	(b)	
            If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Lender (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrower) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with
              any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

          

     

    	28.7	
            Currency conversion

          

     

    The obligations of any Transaction Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the
      costs of conversion.

     

    	28.8	
            Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

          

     

    If either the Lender determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Lender is notified by the Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:

     

    	(a)	
            the Lender may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrower, consult with the Borrower with a view to agreeing with the Borrower such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Lender
              may deem necessary in the circumstances;

          

     

    	(b)	
            the Lender shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrower in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any
              event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

          

     

    	(c)	
            any such changes agreed upon by the Lender and the Borrower shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties and any Transaction Obligors as an
              amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents;

          

     

    	(d)	
            the Lender shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other
              category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Lender) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 28.8 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.).

          

     

    
      82

      
        

    

    	29	
            SET-OFF

          

     

    The Lender may set off any matured obligation due from a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by the Lender) against any matured
      obligation owed by the Lender to that Transaction Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Lender may convert either obligation at a market rate
      of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

     

    	30	
            CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE LENDER

          

     

    No provision of this Agreement will:

     

    	(a)	
            interfere with the right of the Lender to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

          

     

    	(b)	
            oblige the Lender to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

          

     

    	(c)	
            oblige the Lender to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

          

     

    	31	
            BAIL-IN

          

     

    Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the parties to a Finance Document, each Party acknowledges
      and accepts that any liability of any party to a Finance Document under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

     

    	(a)	
            any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            a cancellation of any such liability; and

          

     

    	(b)	
            a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

          

     

    	32	
            NOTICES

          

     

    	32.1	
            Communications in writing

          

     

    Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by email or letter.

     

    
      83

      
        

    

    	32.2	
            Addresses

          

     

    The address, emails and telephone number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or
      document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents are:

     

    	(a)	
            in the case of the Borrower, that specified in Schedule 1 (The Parties); and

          

     

    	(b)	
            in the case of any other Transaction Obligor or the Lender, that specified in Schedule 1 (The Parties) or, if it becomes a Party after the date of this Agreement, that
              notified in writing to the Lender on or before the date on which it becomes a Party;

          

     

    or any substitute address, email and telephone number or department or officer as that Transaction Obligor may notify to the Lender (or the Lender may notify to the other
      Parties, if a change is made by the Lender) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

     

    	32.3	
            Delivery

          

     

    	(a)	
            Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,

          

     

    and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 32.2 (Addresses), if
      addressed to that department or officer.

     

    	(b)	
            Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Lender will be effective only when actually received by it and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer of
              the Lender specified in Schedule 1 (The Parties) (or any substitute department or officer as the Lender shall specify for this purpose).

          

     

    	(c)	
            Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrower in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Transaction Obligors.

          

     

    	(d)	
            Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (c) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

          

     

    	32.4	
            Electronic communication

          

     

    	(a)	
            Any communication to be made or document to be delivered by one Party to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made or delivered by electronic mail or other electronic means
              (including, without limitation, by way of posting to a secure website) if those two Parties:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means; and

          

     

    
      84

      
        

    

    	

          	(ii)	
            notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

          

     

    	(b)	
            Any such electronic communication or delivery as specified in paragraph (a) above to be made between an Obligor and the Lender may only be made in that way to the extent that those two Parties agree that,
              unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication or delivery.

          

     

    	(c)	
            Any such electronic communication or document as specified in paragraph (a) above made or delivered by one Party to another will be effective only when actually received (or made available) in readable form and
              in the case of any electronic communication or document made or delivered by a Party to the Lender only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Lender shall specify for this purpose.

          

     

    	(d)	
            Any electronic communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (c) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place in which the Party to whom the relevant communication or document is sent
              or made available has its address for the purpose of this Agreement shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

          

     

    	(e)	
            Any reference in a Finance Document to a communication being sent or received or a document being delivered shall be construed to include that communication or document being made available in accordance with
              this Clause 32.4 (Electronic communication).

          

     

    	32.5	
            English language

          

     

    	(a)	
            Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

          

     

    	(b)	
            All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            in English; or

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            if not in English, and if so required by the Lender, accompanied by a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Lender and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless
              the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

          

     

    	33	
            CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

          

     

    	33.1	
            Accounts

          

     

    In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by the Lender are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

     

    	33.2	
            Certificates and determinations

          

     

    Any certification or determination by the Lender of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to
      which it relates.

     

    
      85

      
        

    

    	33.3	
            Day count convention

          

     

    Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of
      360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

     

    	34	
            PARTIAL INVALIDITY

          

     

    If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality,
      validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions under the law of that jurisdiction nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

     

    	35	
            REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

          

     

    	(a)	
            No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Lender or any Receiver or Delegate, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or
              constitute an election to affirm any Finance Document. No election to affirm any Finance Document on the part of the Lender or any Receiver or Delegate shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or
              remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in each Finance Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

          

     

    	(b)	
            No variation or amendment of a Finance Document shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the Lender.

          

     

    	36	
            ENTIRE AGREEMENT

          

     

    	(a)	
            This Agreement, in conjunction with the other Finance Documents, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes all previous agreements, understandings and arrangements between them,
              whether in writing or oral, in respect of its subject matter.

          

     

    	(b)	
            Each Obligor acknowledges that it has not entered into this Agreement or any other Finance Document in reliance on, and shall have no remedies in respect of, any representation or warranty that is not expressly
              set out in this Agreement or in any other Finance Document.

          

     

    	37	
            SETTLEMENT OR DISCHARGE CONDITIONAL

          

     

    Any settlement or discharge under any Finance Document between the Lender and any Transaction Obligor shall be conditional upon no security or payment to the Lender by any
      Transaction Obligor or any other person being set aside, adjusted or ordered to be repaid, whether under any insolvency law or otherwise.

     

    	38	
            IRREVOCABLE PAYMENT

          

     

    If the Lender considers that an amount paid or discharged by, or on behalf of, a Transaction Obligor or by any other person in purported payment or discharge of an obligation
      of that Transaction Obligor to the Lender under the Finance Documents is capable of being avoided or otherwise set aside on the liquidation or administration of that Transaction Obligor or otherwise, then that amount shall not be considered to have
      been unconditionally and irrevocably paid or discharged for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

     

    
      86

      
        

    

    	39	
            CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

          

     

    	39.1	
            Confidentiality

          

     

    The Lender agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 39.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

     

    	39.2	
            Disclosure of Confidential Information

          

     

    The Lender may disclose:

     

    	(a)	
            to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, insurers, insurance advisors, insurance brokers, partners and Representatives
              such Confidential Information as the Lender shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of
              such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is
              otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

          

     

    	(b)	
            to any person:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            to (or through) whom it assigns (or may potentially assign) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives
              and professional advisers;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may
              be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Transaction Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            appointed by the Lender or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents
              on its behalf;

          

     

    	

          	(iv)	
            who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above;

          

     

    	

          	(v)	
            to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any
              relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

          

     

    
      87

      
        

    

    	

          	(vi)	
            to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitrations, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

          

     

    	

          	(vii)	
            to whom or for whose benefit the Lender charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 25.3 (Security over Lender’s rights);

          

     

    	

          	(viii)	
            who is a Party, a member of the Group or any related entity of a Transaction Obligor;

          

     

    	

          	(ix)	
            as a result of the registration of any Finance Document as contemplated by any Finance Document or any legal opinion obtained in connection with any Finance Document; or

          

     

    	

          	(x)	
            with the consent of the Borrower,

          

     

    in each case, such Confidential Information as the Lender shall consider appropriate if:

     

    	

          	(A)	
            in relation to sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be
              no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

          

     

    	

          	(B)	
            in relation to sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of
              confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

          

     

    	

          	(C)	
            in relation to sub-paragraphs (v), (vi) and (vii) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such
              Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Lender, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;

          

     

    	(c)	
            to any person appointed by the Lender or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance
              Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the
              services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered in to a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for
              Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrower and the Lender;

          

     

    	(d)	
            to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to
              the Finance Documents and/or the Transaction Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive
              information.

          

     

    
      88

      
        

    

    	39.3	
            DAC6

          

     

    Nothing in any Finance Document shall prevent disclosure of any Confidential Information or other matter to the extent that preventing that disclosure would otherwise cause
      any transaction contemplated by the Finance Documents or any transaction carried out in connection with any transaction contemplated by the Finance Documents to become an arrangement described in Part II A 1 of Annex IV of Directive 2011/16/EU.

     

    	39.4	
            Entire agreement

          

     

    This Clause 39 (Confidential Information) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the
      Lender under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

     

    	39.5	
            Inside information

          

     

    The Lender acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or
      prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Lender undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

     

    	39.6	
            Notification of disclosure

          

     

    The Lender agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Borrower:

     

    	(a)	
            of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to sub‐paragraph (v) of paragraph (b) of Clause 39.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information)
              except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

          

     

    	(b)	
            upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 39 (Confidential Information).

          

     

    	39.7	
            Continuing obligations

          

     

    The obligations in this Clause 39 (Confidential Information) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on
      the Lender for a period of 12 months from the earlier of:

     

    	(a)	
            the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and the Commitment has been cancelled or otherwise ceased to be available; and

          

     

    	(b)	
            the date on which the Lender otherwise ceases to be the Lender.

          

     

    	40	
            CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANKS QUOTATIONS

          

     

    	40.1	
            Confidentiality and disclosure

          

     

    	(a)	
            Each Obligor agrees to keep each Funding Rate (and the Lender agrees to keep each Reference Bank Quotation) confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b), (d) and
              below.

          

     

    
      89

      
        

    

    	(b)	
            The Lender may not disclose any Reference Bank Quotation to the Borrower.

          

     

    	(c)	
            The Lender may disclose any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such
              service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With
              Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Lender and the relevant Reference Bank.

          

     

    	(d)	
            The Lender may disclose any Reference Bank Quotation, and each Obligor may disclose any Funding Rate, to:

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is
              to be given pursuant to this sub-paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to
              professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of
              any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price
              sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Lender or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

          

     

    	

          	(iii)	
            any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person
              to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of
              the Lender or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and

          

     

    	

          	(iv)	
            any person with the consent of the Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

          

     

    	40.2	
            Related obligations

          

     

    	(a)	
            Each Obligor acknowledges that each Funding Rate (and the Lender acknowledges that each Reference Bank Quotation) is or may be price sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by
              applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each Obligor undertakes not to use any Funding Rate and the Lender undertakes not to use any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.

          

     

    	(b)	
            The Lender and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Lender or the relevant Reference Bank, as the case may be:

          

     

    
      90

      
        

    

    	

          	(i)	
            of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (d) of Clause 40.1 (Confidentiality and disclosure) except where such disclosure
              is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 40 (Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations).

          

     

    	40.3	
            No Event of Default

          

     

    No Event of Default will occur under Clause 24.4 (Other obligations) by reason only of an Obligor’s failure to comply with this Clause
      40 (Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations).

     

    	41	
            AMENDMENTS

          

     

    	41.1	
            Replacement of Screen Rate

          

     

    	(a)	
            On or before 31 March 2023, the Lender and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations in good faith with a view to agreeing a Replacement Benchmark in relation to dollars in place of the Screen Rate.

          

     

    	(b)	
            If by 31 June 2023, the Lender and the Borrower have not agreed, then the Lender may in its sole discretion decide and designate a Replacement Benchmark in place of the Screen Rate in relation to dollars.

          

     

    	(c)	
            The Lender shall be under no obligation what so ever to maintain the Loan hereunder until an alternative Replacement Benchmark has been decided accordingly.

          

     

    	41.2	
            Obligor intent

          

     

    Without prejudice to the generality of Clauses 1.2 (Construction) and 17.4 (Waiver of defences),

      each Obligor expressly confirms that it intends that any guarantee contained in this Agreement or any other Finance Document and any Security created by any Finance Document shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental) variation,
      increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature;
      increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension
      of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

     

    	42	
            COUNTERPARTS

          

     

    Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance
      Document.

     

    
      91

      
        

    

    SECTION 11

     

    GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

     

    	43	
            GOVERNING LAW

          

     

    This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

     

    	44	
            ENFORCEMENT

          

     

    	44.1	
            Jurisdiction

          

     

    	(a)	
            Unless specifically provided in another Finance Document in relation to that Finance Document, the courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with any
              Finance Document (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of any Finance Document or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document) (a “Dispute”).

          

     

    	(b)	
            The Obligors accept that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Obligor will argue to the contrary.

          

     

    	(c)	
            To the extent allowed by law, this Clause 44.1 (Jurisdiction) is for the benefit of the Lender only.  As a result, the Lender shall not be prevented from taking
              proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction.  To the extent allowed by law, the Lender may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

          

     

    	44.2	
            Service of process

          

     

    	(a)	
            Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):

          

     

    	

          	(i)	
            irrevocably appoints Messrs Shoreside Agents Ltd, presently at 11 The Timber Yard, Drysdale Street, London, N1 6ND (T: +44 (0)20 3771 8869, M: + 44 (0) 7591 440086, F: +44 (0)20 3771 8870, attention: Andrew
              Johnson) as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and

          

     

    	

          	(ii)	
            agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

          

     

    	(b)	
            If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Borrower (on behalf of all the Obligors) must immediately (and in any event within
              5 days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Lender.  Failing this, the Lender may appoint another agent for this purpose.

          

     

    This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

     

    
      92

      
        

    

    SCHEDULE 1

     

    THE PARTIES

     

    PART A

     

    THE OBLIGORS

     

    
      	
              Name of Borrower

            	 	
              Place of Incorporation

            	 	
              Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

            	 	
              Address for Communication

            
	
              SEA GENIUS SHIPPING CO.

            	 	
              Republic of the

              Marshall Islands

            	 	
              71733

            	 	
              c/o 154 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 166 74 Glyfada, Greece

               

              Attention: Stamatios Tsantanis/ Stavros Gyftakis

               

              Email sgyftakis@seanergy.gr

              finance@seanergy.gr

                

              Tel.: +30 213 0181507

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              Name of Guarantor

            	 	
              Place of Incorporation

            	 	
              Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

            	 	
              Address for Communication

            
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
              SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP.

            	 	
              Republic of the Marshall Islands

            	 	
              27721

            	 	
              c/o 154 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 166 74 Glyfada, Greece

               

              Attention: Stamatios Tsantanis/ 

              Stavros Gyftakis

               

              Email sgyftakis@seanergy.gr

              finance@seanergy.gr

                

              Tel.: +30 213 0181507

            

    

    

    

    
      93

      
        

    

    PART B

     

    THE ORIGINAL LENDER

     

    
      	
              Name of Original Lender

            	 	
              Commitment

            	 	
              Address for Communication

            
	
              SINOPAC CAPITAL INTERNATIONAL (HK) LIMITED

            	 	
              $15,000,000

            	 	
              Having its registered address at Suites 3306, 33F, Tower 1, The Gateway, 25 Canton Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong and acting through its office at 5F, No. 203, Bade Rd., Sec. 2,
                Taipei, Taiwan

               

              

              Fax: +886 2 8161 2452

               

              email:

               

              

              allen.su@sinopac.com

              ya.tsao@sinopac.com

              L00488@sinopac.com

            

    

    

    

    
      94

      
        

    

    SCHEDULE 2

     

    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT AND SUBSEQUENT

     

    PART A

     

    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO UTILISATION REQUEST

     

    	1	
            Transaction Obligors

          

     

    	1.1	
            A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor.

          

     

    	1.2	
            A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Obligor (in relation to the Guarantor, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors certified under the original certificate in paragraph 1.9):

          

     

    	(a)	
            approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

          

     

    	(b)	
            authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

          

     

    	(c)	
            authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, the Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under, or in
              connection with, the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

          

     

    	1.3	
            A copy of the power of attorney of each Obligor authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

          

     

    	1.4	
            A specimen of the signature or copy of the passport of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.2 above.

          

     

    	1.5	
            A copy of a resolution signed by the holder(s) of the issued shares in the Borrower, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party.

          

     

    	1.6	
            Copies of up-to-date certificates of goodstanding in respect of each Obligor.

          

     

    	1.7	
            A copy of certificate of each Obligor (signed by a director or a secretary) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Commitment would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit
              binding on that Obligor to be exceeded.

          

     

    	1.8	
            A copy of certificate of each Obligor that is incorporated outside the UK (signed by a director) certifying either that (i) it has not delivered particulars of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies
              as required under the Overseas Regulations or (ii) it has a UK Establishment and specifying the name and registered number under which it is registered with the Registrar of Companies.

          

     

    	1.9	
            A copy of certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor confirming the names and offices of all the directors of that Obligor and certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in
              this Part A of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent and Subsequent) (including the resolution in paragraph 1.1) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of
              this Agreement and as at the Utilisation Date (as applicable).

          

     

    
      95

      
        

    

    	2	
            Finance Documents

          

     

    	2.1	
            If applicable, duly executed original of the Subordination Deed and copies of each Subordinated Finance Document.

          

     

    	2.2	
            A duly executed copy of any Finance Document not otherwise referred to in this Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent and Subsequent).

          

     

    	2.3	
            A duly executed copy of any other document required to be delivered by each Finance Document if not otherwise referred to this Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent and Subsequent).

          

     

    	3	
            Security Documents

          

     

    	3.1	
            A duly executed copy of the Shares Security (and of each document to be delivered under each of them).

          

     

    	3.2	
            A duly executed copy of the Subordinated Debt Security.

          

     

    	4	
            Legal opinions

          

     

    	4.1	
            A legal opinion of Watson Farley & Williams LLP, legal advisers to the Lender in England, substantially in the form obtained by the Lender before signing this Agreement.

          

     

    	4.2	
            If an Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Lender in the Relevant Jurisdiction, substantially in the form obtained by the Lender
              before signing this Agreement.

          

     

    	4.3	
            A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Lender in the jurisdiction of the Approved Flag in which the Ship is registered and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Lender may require, substantially in the
              form obtained before signing this Agreement.

          

     

    	5	
            Other documents and evidence

          

     

    	5.1	
            A valuation of the Ship, at the Borrower’s cost, addressed to the Lender, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 3 months before the Utilisation Date from an Approved Valuer
              which shows that the amount of the Loan to be advance does not exceed 60 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ship.

          

     

    	5.2	
            If applicable, a copy of any Assignable Charter in respect of the Ship duly executed by the parties thereto and of each document delivered pursuant to it, together with such documentary evidence as the Lender
              and its legal advisers may require in relation to the due authorisation and execution of that Assignable Charter by each of the parties thereto.

          

     

    	5.3	
            Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 44.2 (Service of process), if not a Transaction Obligor, has accepted its appointment (if applicable).

          

     

    	5.4	
            A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Lender considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into
              and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Transaction Document.

          

     

    
      96

      
        

    

    	5.5	
            Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 11 (Fees) and Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses)
              have been paid or will be paid by the Utilisation Date.

          

     

    	5.6	
            Such evidence as the Lender may require, prior to the execution of this Agreement, for it to be able to satisfy its “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions
              contemplated by the Finance Documents.

          

     

    	5.7	
            Copies of the Original Financial Statements of the Borrower and the Guarantor.

          

     

    

    
      97

      
        

    

    PART B

     

    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO UTILISATION

    

    

    	1	
            Obligors

          

     

    A copy of the certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor certifying that each copy document which it is required to provide under this Part B of Schedule 2
      (Conditions Precedent and Subsequent) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at the Utilisation Date.

     

    	2	
            Ship and other security

          

     

    	2.1	
            A duly executed copy of the General Assignment, the Manager’s Undertaking and of each document to be delivered under or pursuant to each of them.

          

     

    	2.2	
            A duly executed copy of the Mortgage together with documentary evidence that (a) the Mortgage has been duly registered or recorded (as the case may be) as a valid first preferred or priority (as the case may
              be) ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction of its Approved Flag and (b) the Ship is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Borrower save as contemplated by the Finance Documents.

          

     

    	2.3	
            Documentary evidence that the Ship:

          

     

    	(a)	
            is definitively and permanently registered in the name of the Borrower under the Approved Flag;

          

     

    	(b)	
            maintains the Approved Classification with the Approved Classification Society free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of the Approved Classification Society; and

          

     

    	(c)	
            is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements in this Agreement in respect of insurances have been complied with.

          

     

    	2.4	
            Documents establishing that the Ship is managed commercially and technically by the Approved Commercial Manager and the Approved Technical Manager respectively on terms acceptable to the Lender, together with
              copies of the relevant Approved Manager’s Document of Compliance and of the Ship’s Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable Safety Management System which the Lender requires) and of any other documents
              required under the ISM Code and the ISPS Code in relation to the Ship including without limitation an ISSC and any other trading certificates and evidence in respect of the lightweight of the Ship.

          

     

    	2.5	
            An opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Lender on such matters relating to the Insurances as the Lender may require.

          

     

    	3	
            Legal opinions

          

     

    Legal opinions of the legal advisers to the Lender in the jurisdiction of the Approved Flag of the Ship and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Lender may require.

     

    
      98

      
        

    

    	4	
            Other documents and evidence

          

     

    	4.1	
            Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 11 (Fees) and Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses)
              have been paid or will be paid by the Utilisation Date.

          

     

    	4.2	
            A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Lender considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into
              and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Transaction Document not previously supplied.

          

     

    
      99

      
        

    

    
      PART C

    

     

    CONDITIONS SUBSEQUENT

     

    	1	
            Ship and other security

          

     

    	1.1	
            Within one month from the Utilisation Date:

          

     

    	(a)	
            A copy of all current insurance policies (including insurance policies in connection with Mortgagee’s interest and additional peril insurance, protection and indemnity, war risks, hull and machinery or any
              other obligatory insurances) in respect of the Ship;

          

     

    	(b)	
            A duly executed original (if applicable) of letter of undertaking in respect of the Ship from the Approved Brokers in relation to protection and indemnity, war risks, hull and machinery or any other obligatory
              insurances (including Mortgagee’s interest and additional peril insurance) placed or effected in a form acceptable to the Lender.

          

     

    	1.2	
            On the Utilisation Date, original certificate evidencing the registration of the first priority Mortgage over the Ship with the Public Registry in Marshall Islands.

          

     

    	1.3	
            Within 30 days of the Utilisation Date, an original of each document referred to at paragraphs 1.2 to 1.9, 2, 3 of Part A of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent and Subsequent)
              and at paragraphs 2.1 and 2.2 of Part B of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent and Subsequent); and

          

     

    	1.4	
            A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Lender considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into
              and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Transaction Document not previously supplied.

          

     

    
      100

      
        

    

    SCHEDULE 3

     

    UTILISATION REQUEST

     

    
      	
              From:

            	
              SEA GENIUS SHIPPING CO.

            

    

     

    Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road

    Ajeltake Island, Majuro

    Marshall Islands MH 96960

     

    as Borrower

     

    
      	
              To:

            	
              SINOPAC CAPITAL INTERNATIONAL (HK) LIMITED

            

    

    5F, No. 203, Bade Rd., Sec. 2, Taipei, Taiwan

     

    Dated: [●] 2021

     

    Dear Sirs

     

    SEA GENIUS SHIPPING CO. –  $15,000,000 Facility Agreement dated [●] 2021 (the “Agreement”)

     

    	1	
            We refer to the Agreement. This is the Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

          

     

    	2	
            We wish to borrow the Loan on the following terms:

          

     

    
      	
              Proposed Utilisation Date:

            	
              [●] 2021 (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)

            
	 	 
	
              Amount:

            	
              $[●]

            
	 	 
	
              Interest Period:

            	
              3 Months

            
	 	                    ]

            

    

     

    	3	
            We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) and Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent)
              of the Agreement is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

          

     

    	4	
            The proceeds of the Loan should be credited to [account].

          

     

    	5	
            This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

          

     

    
      101

      
        

    

    Yours faithfully

     

    

    
      	
              SEA GENIUS SHIPPING CO.

            
	 	 
	
              By:

            	 	 
	
              Name:

            
	
              Title:

            

       

      

    

    
      102

      
        

    

    SCHEDULE 4

     

    TIMETABLES

     

    
      	
              Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 (Delivery of the Utilisation Request))

            	 	
              Two Business Days before the intended Utilisation Date (Clause 5.1 (Delivery of the Utilisation Request))

            
	
              LIBOR is fixed

            	 	
              Quotation Day as of 11:00 am London time

            
	
              Reference Bank Rate calculated by reference to available quotations in accordance with Clause 10.2 (Calculation of Reference Bank Rate)

            	 	
              Noon on the Quotation Day

            

    

     

    
      103

      
        

    

    SCHEDULE 5

     

    FORM OF IRREVOCABLE PAYMENT INSTRUCTION

     

    “The sum of US$[●] (the Funds) is remitted by swift MT103 to you for value on [●] 2021 to be held to the order of SinoPac Capital International (HK) Limited (the Lender) for the financing of SEA GENIUS SHIPPING CO. (the Owner) without allocation to any account. These Funds represent the refinancing of m.v. “Geniuship” IMO no 9398759 (the “Ship”). You are required to hold the Funds subject to
      the following irrevocable instructions:

     

    If you receive instructions in the form of 1 copy of the Certificate of Ownership and Encumbrance issued by the Republic of the Marshall Islands Office of the Maritime Administrator
        evidencing the recordation of a first preferred Marshall Islands mortgage in favour of the Lender in relation to the Ship countersigned by one of the following on behalf of the Lender [name of the signatory with passport no.[●], name of the
      signatory with passport no.[●], name of the signatory with passport no.[●], the sum of US$[●] shall be irrevocably and unconditionally released to the order of the Borrower (account no. 960-01-5006033345 of
      the Owner held with Alpha Bank S.A.).

     

    If you have not received such Certificate of Ownership and Encumbrance by the date falling five (5) days after the date of this instruction then unless you receive instructions to the contrary from
      us, you shall credit such sums to:

     

    

    	
            Account Bank:

          	
            [●]

          
	 	 
	
            SWIFT ID:

          	
            [●]

          
	 	 
	
            Account Name:

          	
            [●]

          
	 	 
	
            Account Number:

          	
            [●]

          
	 	 
	
            Reference:

          	
            [●]

          

     

    These Funds and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with these Funds shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law. The English courts have
      exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of, or in connection with, these Funds (including a dispute relating to non-contractual obligations arising out of, or in connection with, these Funds).”

     

    
      104

      
        

    

    EXECUTION PAGES

     

    BORROWER

    

    

    
      	
              SIGNED by Stavros Gyftakis

            	)	
              

              

            
	
              the attorney-in-fact

            	)	
              

              

            
	
              for and on behalf of

            	)	
              /s/ Stavros Gyftakis

            
	
              SEA GENIUS SHIPPING CO.

            	)	
              

              

            
	
              in the presence of:

            	)	
              

              

            
	 	 	 
	
              Witness’ signature:

            	)	
              /s/ Marina Papadopoulou

            
	
              Witness’ name:

            	)	
              Marina Papadopoulou

            
	
              Witness’ address:

            	)	
              Watson Farley & Williams

            
	 	

            	
              348 Syngrou Avenue

            
	 	

            	
              Kallithea 176 74

            
	 	

            	
              Athens - Greece

            

    

    

    

    GUARANTOR

     

    

    
      	
              SIGNED by Stavros Gyftakis

            	)	
              

              

            
	
              the attorney-in-fact

            	)	
              

              

            
	
              for and on behalf of

            	)	
              /s/ Stavros Gyftakis

            
	
              SEANERGY MARITIME HOLDINGS CORP.

            	)	
              

              

            
	
              in the presence of:

            	)	
              

              

            
	 	

            	 
	
              Witness’ signature:

            	)	
              /s/ Marina Papadopoulou

            
	
              Witness’ name:

            	)	
              Marina Papadopoulou

            
	
              Witness’ address:

            	)	
              Watson Farley & Williams

            
	 	

            	
              348 Syngrou Avenue

            
	 	

            	
              Kallithea 176 74

            
	 	

            	
              Athens - Greece

            

    

    

      ORIGINAL LENDER

       

      

      	
              SIGNED by Lin, CHIA-HENG

            	)	

            
	
              and by

            	)	

            
	
              duly authorised

            	)	
              /s/ Lin, CHIA-HENG

            
	
              for and on behalf of

            	)	

            
	
              SINOPAC CAPITAL INTERNATIONAL (HK)

            	)	

            
	
              LIMITED 

              

            	)	

            
	
              in the presence of:

            	)	

            
	 	

            	

            
	
              Witness’ signature: /s/ Chen, Po-An

            	)	

            
	
              Witness’ name: Chen, Po-An

            	)	

            
	
              Witness’ address: 5F, No. 203, Bade Rd., Sec. 2

            	)	

            
	
              Taipei 10491, Taiwan, R.O.C.

            	

            	 

      

      

      

    

    
      105

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00342-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00342-of-00352.parquet"}]]